Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Tetra Tech

Tetra Tech

ttek · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ttek
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Tetra Tech
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A company built on
Leading with Science ®

2019 Annual Report

REVENUE*

5
3
7
,
2

$M

1
3
5
,
2

3
2
1
,
3

1
6
9
,
2

‘16

‘17

‘18

‘19

Dear Shareholders,

Tetra Tech provides essential services for the future of 
our world: safe water supplies; environmental protection 
and restoration; disaster planning, recovery, and 
mitigation; and sustainable building design and resilient 
infrastructure. We are in a unique position to serve our 
clients and provide innovative, practical solutions to 
address challenges such as sea level rise, extremes of 
climate, and the transformation to modern energy. Our 
Leading with Science approach is in demand more than 
ever before, with our ability to apply our deep domain 

OPERATING INCOME*

expertise and advanced analytic capabilities to the increasingly extensive and 
complex data available today.

For more than five decades, we have built a portfolio of advanced analytics, models, 
procedures, and technology that we apply across our business. Our differentiator—
what we call the Tetra Tech Delta (TtΔ)—includes leading-edge tools and technology 
such as software solutions to assess watersheds and coastal regions; techniques to 
apply real-time-control for water management; and tools to help clients manage 
their capital plans and assets. We help our clients monitor systems in real time, 
decipher the acoustics associated with air traffic, and even autonomously assess 
infrastructure conditions at high speeds. Our proprietary 3-D design applications 
augment our high-end design services for water, infrastructure, and buildings. 

As we have grown, we have developed internal systems to scale our technology 
across a global operation. We have innovation hubs that foster collaboration with 
clients; an inventors’ program to identify, develop, and protect intellectual property; 
and a technology 
transfer program 
to share cutting-
edge tools and 
best practices 
worldwide. Tetra 
Tech associates 
actively share 
ideas and 
technology, and 

Our Leading with Science approach is in demand 
more than ever before, with our ability to apply 
our deep domain expertise and advanced analytic 
capabilities to the increasingly extensive and 
complex data available today.

build high-performing teams that access our full resources to address our clients’ 
needs.  Tetra Tech is committed to and promotes a culture of diversity and inclusion 
across our global operations, which strengthens our company and fosters innovation 
throughout our business.   

Tetra Tech’s unique competitive advantage, business model, and track record 
provides our shareholders with higher value than any other firm in our industry. In 
2019 we provided our clients with best-in-class services through more than 70,000 

1
4
  2
6
1
  2
1
9
1

0
7
1

$M

‘16

‘17

‘18

‘19

EPS*

7
1
.
3

4
6
.
  2
3
1
.
2

8
8
.
1

$

‘16

‘17

‘18

‘19

BACKLOG

2
9
0
,
3

4
6
6
,
2

1
4
5
,
2

$M

9
7
3
,
2

‘16

‘17

‘18

‘19

*  Financial measures presented on an 

adjusted basis. For a reconciliation to 
GAAP results refer to the Company’s 
website at tetratech.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
projects performed in more than 100 countries on all seven continents. The cumulative efforts of our 20,000 associates 
resulted in Tetra Tech generating an all-time high revenue of $3.12 billion for the fiscal year. We ended the year with 
a backlog of $3.1 billion, up 16 percent from last year and the highest in the company’s history. Tetra Tech’s strong 

As we begin 2020 and a new decade, our goal is to be the global 
leader in sustainable solutions across the markets we serve.

performance in fiscal year 2019 
generated diluted earnings per share 
of $3.17, up 20 percent from the prior 
year. Our operations generated $209 
million of cash flow, up 12 percent 
from the prior year. During 2019 we 

returned $130 million to shareholders through a combination of dividends and stock buybacks, while continuing to invest 
in strategic acquisitions. Our best-in-class financial performance is well recognized by the investment community and 
contributed to a 146 percent total shareholder return over the last three years.  

We continue to be recognized for our leadership in water and environment, achieving #1 rankings in Water (16th year)  
and Environment (11th year) by Engineering News Record.  For our work in advanced analytics, we received the  
prestigious INFORMS Edelman award in partnership with our municipal water client, Louisville Metropolitan Sewer 
District, for a first-of-a-kind operational efficiency solution in water management. We worked on projects that broke new 
ground, such as designing the first water reuse facility in Florida and a new approach to road design that provides the 
first land transport link to the farthest northern regions of Canada. We applied our expertise in emergency planning and 
preparedness to help our customers prepare for challenges such as the recent volcano eruption in Hawaii and airport 
safety in the United States.  

In 2019 we added more than $3 billion in new contracts, including global analytical services ($500 million) and global 
energy services ($550 million) for the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID). We were awarded more than 
$200 million in contracts for work with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and expanded our capacity to support 
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration with a new $300 million contract. We advanced our emerging services 
in ocean plastic debris and high-end program management with the award of the first major USAID Marine Debris contract 
($48 million) and a project to provide advanced analytics for Mongolia’s water program ($30 million).

During the last year, we advanced our strategy by adding companies that expanded our technical depth and global reach.  
In April eGlobalTech, a U.S. advanced analytics firm, joined Tetra Tech, bringing skills in artificial intelligence and machine 
learning, an incubator lab, and new U.S. federal government clients. United Kingdom-based WYG joined Tetra Tech in July, 
adding highly complementary capabilities in water, environment, planning, and infrastructure services. With more than 
2,000 staff in the United Kingdom, Tetra Tech now has 10 percent of our workforce in the region. Through our significant 
presence in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, and Australia, we now have the global footprint to support 
projects worldwide.

As we begin 2020 and a new decade, our goal is to be the global leader in sustainable solutions across the markets 
we serve. We are focused on the high-demand markets of water, environment and society, and infrastructure, while 
leveraging the TtΔ that differentiates us. We see tremendous opportunities to expand the application of advanced 
analytics, especially for large federal customers and local governments. We will continue to invest in the company’s 
strategic expansion through complementary acquisitions that further broaden our reach and add technical resources.  

As our company grows, we are committed to returning value to our shareholders and delivering on the results that have 
been Tetra Tech’s hallmark. On behalf of Tetra Tech, I thank you for your continued confidence and support. 

Sincerely,

Dan Batrack
Chairman and CEO

[This page intentionally left blank] 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________________________ 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 29, 2019 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Transition Period from                          to 

Commission File Number 0-19655 

____________________________________________________________________________ 

TETRA TECH, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 

95-4148514 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

(626) 351-4664 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 

Trading Symbol(s) 

Name of each exchange on which registered 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value 

TTEK 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 
________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 

requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required 
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 

that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth 

company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   Large accelerated filer ☒    Accelerated filer ☐    Non-accelerated filer ☐    Smaller reporting company ☐

Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates on March 31, 2019, was $3.2 billion (based upon the closing price of a 
share of registrant's common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on that date). 

On November 25, 2019, 54,587,819 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding. 

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of registrant's Proxy Statement for its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report where indicated. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I

Item 1

Business
General
Leading with Science
Reportable Segments
Government Services Group
Commercial/International Services Group
Remediation and Construction Management
Project Examples
Clients
Contracts
Growth Strategy
Sustainability Program
Acquisitions and Divestitures
Competition
Backlog
Regulations
Seasonality
Potential Liability and Insurance
Employees
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Available Information

Item 1A

Risk Factors

Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4

Item 5

Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A

Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A

Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures

Item 9B

Other Information

PART III

Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14

Item 15

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Index to Exhibits
Signatures

PART IV

2 

Page 

3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
10
11
11
12
12

15

15
30
30
31
31

32
34
35

54
56
97

97
97

97
98
98
98
98

98
100
102

This Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Report"), including the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations," contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the 
safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange 
Act"). All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. These 
statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate and the 
beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as "expects," "anticipates," "targets," "goals," "projects," "intends," 
"plans," "believes," "estimates," "seeks," "continues," "may," variations of such words, and similar expressions are intended to 
identify such forward-looking statements. In addition, statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our 
anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking 
statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below under "Risk Factors," and elsewhere herein. Therefore, 
actual  results  may  differ  materially  and  adversely  from  those  expressed  in  any  forward-looking  statements.  We  undertake  no 
obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

PART I 

Item 1.    Business 

General 

Tetra Tech, Inc. is a leading global provider of consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, 
infrastructure,  resource  management,  energy,  and  international  development.  We  are  a  global  company  that  is  Leading  with 
Science® to provide innovative solutions for our public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage of a project by 
identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and resources. 

Engineering News-Record ("ENR"), the leading trade journal for our industry, has ranked us the number one water 
services firm for the past 16 years, most recently in its May 2019 "Top 500 Design Firms" issue. In 2019, we were also ranked 
number  one  in  water treatment/desalination,  water treatment and  supply, environmental  management, environmental science, 
consulting/studies, solid waste, hydro plants, and wind power. ENR ranks us among the largest 10 firms in numerous other service 
lines, including engineering/design, chemical and soil remediation, site assessment and compliance, dams and reservoirs, power, 
transmission and distribution plants, and hazardous waste.

Our reputation for high-end consulting and engineering services and our ability to develop solutions for water and 
environmental management has supported our growth for more than 50 years. Today, we are proud to be making a difference in 
people’s lives worldwide through broad consulting, engineering, and technology service offerings. We are working on over 70,000 
projects a year, in more than 100 countries on seven continents, from 450 offices, with a talent force of 20,000 associates. We are 
Leading with Science throughout our operations, with domain experts across multiple disciplines supported by advanced analytics, 
artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning, and digital technology. Our ability to provide innovation and first-of-kind solutions 
is enhanced by partnerships with our forward-thinking clients. We are diverse and inclusive, embracing the breadth of experience 
across our talent force worldwide with a culture of innovation and entrepreneurship. We are disciplined in our business delivering 
value to customers and high performance to our shareholders. In supporting our clients, we seek to add value and provide long-term 
sustainable consulting, engineering, and technology solutions. 

By combining ingenuity and practical experience, our mission is to be the world's leading consulting and engineering firm 

solving global challenges in water and the environment that make a positive difference in people's lives worldwide. 

The following core principles form the underpinning of how we work together to serve our clients: 

• 

Service.  We put our clients first. We listen closely to better understand our clients' needs and deliver smart, cost-effective 
solutions that meet their needs. 

•  Value.  We solve our clients' problems as if they were our own. We develop and implement sustainable solutions that are 

innovative, efficient and practical. 

•  Excellence.  We bring superior technical capability, disciplined project management, and excellence in safety and quality to 

all of our services. 

•  Opportunity.  Our people are our number one asset. Opportunity means new technical challenges that provide advancement 

within our company, encourage an inclusive and diverse workforce, and ensure a safe workplace. 

We have a strong project management culture that enables us to deliver on more than 70,000 projects in a  year. We 
maintain a strong emphasis on project management at all levels of the organization. Our client-focused project management is 
supported by strong fiscal management and financial tools. We use a disciplined approach to monitoring, managing, and improving 
our return on investment in each of our business areas through our efforts to negotiate appropriate contract terms, manage our 
contract performance to minimize schedule delays and cost overruns, and promptly bill and collect accounts receivable. 

3 

We have a broad client and contract base built by proactively understanding our clients' priorities and demonstrating a long 
track record of successful performance that results in repeat business and limits competition. We believe that proximity to our clients 
is also instrumental to integrating global experience and resources with an understanding of our local clients' needs. Over the past 
year,  we  worked  in  more  than  100  countries,  helping  our  clients  address  complex  water,  environment,  energy  and  related 
infrastructure needs.

Throughout our history, we have supported both public and private clients, many for multiple decades of continuous 
contracts and repeat business. Long-term relationships provide us with institutional knowledge of our clients' programs, past projects 
and internal resources. Institutional knowledge is often a significant factor in winning competitive proposals and providing cost-
effective solutions tailored to our clients' needs.

We are often at the leading edge of new challenges where we are delivering one-of-a-kind solutions. These might be a new 
water reuse technology, a unique solution to addressing new regulatory requirements, a new monitoring approach for assessing 
infrastructure assets or a computer model for real time management of water resources.

We combine interdisciplinary capabilities, technical resources, and institutional knowledge to implement complex projects 

that are at the leading edge of policy and technology development. 

Leading with Science 

In implementing our projects, we integrate deep domain knowledge, technologies, and practical expertise. These tools and 
technologies that differentiate us are called Tetra Tech Delta ("TtΔ"). We use this suite of technologies and analytical tools to 
provide  value  engineering  and  cost  efficiencies  for  our  clients,  while  enhancing  the  effectiveness  and  responsiveness  of  our 
solutions. 

TtΔ is our proprietary collection of technology and analytical tools. These advanced analytical solutions enable us to 
provide clients with real-time reporting, automated and remote data collection, and dashboards for tracking and communicating 
results.  TtΔ  is  continually  evolving  and  includes  cutting-edge  tools  on  interpretive  analysis,  modeling  of  physical  systems, 
forecasting and scenario analysis, optimization and operations research. 

In implementing our Leading with Science approach, we work with our clients to explore, incubate, and test solutions in 
our Tetra Tech Innovation Hubs ("Tt I-Hub"). Tt I-Hub provides a collaborative platform for exploration, testing, and formulation of 
new solutions in partnership with clients, academia and donor agencies. 

Leading with Science also means fully leveraging the collective expertise provided by our global talent force of 20,000 
associates. We actively share information, ideas, and resources across our global operations through our network structure, guided 
subject matter teams, and project team building. We also proactively share emerging technology and new ideas through our Tetra 
Tech Technology Transfer ("T4") program. T4 facilitates our innovation culture through webcasts, blogs, multi-media, and social 
media across our global operations.  

Reportable Segments 

In fiscal 2019, we managed our operations under two reportable segments. Our Government Services Group ("GSG") 
reportable segment primarily  includes activities  with U.S. government  clients (federal, state and local) and all activities  with 
development agencies worldwide. Our Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") reportable segment primarily includes 
activities with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. This alignment allows us to 
capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet 
our growing client demand. We continue to report the results of the  wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the 
Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") reportable segment. The following table presents the percentage of our 
revenue by reportable segment: 

Reportable Segment 
GSG 

CIG 

RCM 

Inter-segment elimination 

2019 
58.6% 

43.1 

— 

(1.7) 

Fiscal Year 

2018 
57.2% 

44.6 

0.5 

(2.3) 

2017 
54.0% 

48.2 

0.7 

(2.9) 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

4 

For additional information regarding  our reportable segments, see  Note 19, "Reportable Segments" of the  "Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in  Item 8.  For  more  information  on  risks  related  to our  business,  segments  and 
geographic regions, including risks related to foreign operations, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this report. 

Government Services Group 

GSG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and 
development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in  water, 
environment, infrastructure, information technology, and disaster management. GSG also provides engineering design services for 
U.S. municipal and commercial clients, especially in water infrastructure, solid waste, and high-end sustainable infrastructure 
designs. GSG also leads our support for development agencies worldwide, especially in the United States, United Kingdom, and 
Australia. 

GSG provides consulting and engineering services for a broad range of water, environment, and infrastructure-related needs 
primarily  for  U.S.  government  clients.  The  primary  GSG  markets  include  water  resources  analysis  and  water  management, 
environmental monitoring, data analytics, government consulting, waste management, and a broad range of civil infrastructure 
master planning and engineering design for facilities, transportation, and local development projects. GSG's services span from early 
data collection and monitoring, to data analysis and information management, to science and engineering applied research, to 
engineering design, to construction management, and operations and maintenance. 

GSG provides our clients with sustainable solutions that optimize their water management and environmental programs to 
address regulatory requirements, improve operational efficiencies, and manage assets. Our services advance sustainability and 
resiliency through the "greening" of infrastructure, design of energy efficiency and resource conservation programs, innovation in 
the capture and sequestration of carbon, development of disaster preparedness and response plans, and improvement in water and 
land resource management practices. We provide climate change and energy management consulting, and greenhouse gas ("GHG") 
inventory assessment, certification, reduction, and management services. 

Many government organizations face complex problems due to increased demand and competition for water and natural 
resources, newly understood threats to human health and the environment, aging infrastructure, and demand for new and more 
resilient infrastructure. Our integrated water management services support government agencies responsible for managing water 
supplies, wastewater treatment, storm water management, and flood protection. We help our clients develop more resilient water 
supplies and more sustainable management of water resources, while addressing a wide range of local and national government 
requirements and policies. Fluctuations in weather patterns and extreme events, such as prolonged droughts and more frequent 
flooding, are increasing concerns over the reliability of water supplies, the need to protect coastal areas, and flood mitigation and 
adaptation in metropolitan areas. We provide smart water infrastructure solutions that integrate water modeling, instrumentation and 
controls, and real-time controls to create flexible water systems that respond to changing conditions, optimize use of existing 
infrastructure, and provide clients with the ability to more efficiently monitor and manage their water infrastructure. 

We also support government agencies in the full range of disaster response and community resilience services including 
monitoring and environmental response, damage assessment and program management services, and resilient engineering design 
and mitigation planning. We  have a full suite of innovative software tools and procedures that support our disaster response, 
planning, and management support services. These tools and procedures address disaster management and community resilience 
data management needs, including information technology systems, portals, dashboards, data management, data analytics, and 
statistical analysis. 

GSG provides planning, architectural, and sustainable engineering services for U.S. federal, state and local government 
facilities and commercial high-rise multi-use buildings. We support the government agencies with related infrastructure needs 
including military housing, and educational, institutional, and research facilities. Our high-performance buildings practice provides 
sustainable  energy,  water,  and  GHG  efficient  solutions  including  civil,  electrical,  mechanical,  structural,  plumbing  and  fire 
protection engineering and design services for buildings and surrounding developments. We also provide engineering services for a 
wide range of clients with specialized needs, such as security systems, training and audiovisual facilities, clean rooms, laboratories, 
medical facilities and disaster preparedness facilities. 

GSG provides a wide range of consulting and engineering services for solid waste management, including landfill design 
and management and recycling facility design, throughout the United States; providing design, construction management, and 
maintenance services to manage solid and hazardous waste, for environmental, wastewater, energy, containment, mining, utilities, 
aquaculture, and other industrial clients; designing and installing geosynthetic liners for large lining and capping projects, as well as 
innovative renewable energy projects such as solar energy-generating landfill caps; and providing full-service solutions for gas-to-
energy facilities to efficiently use landfill methane gas. 

We provide technical support for the Federal Aviation Administration ("FAA") to optimize the U.S. airspace system and 
support related aviation systems integration for the U.S. and other countries' metropolitan airports. We provide specialized modeling 
and  data  analytics  for  airspace  acoustic  analysis.  Our  aviation  airspace  services  include  data  management,  data  processing, 

5 

communications and outreach, and systems development; and providing systems analysis and information management. We also 
provide information technology ("IT") support to various federal clients for modernization of IT systems, cloud migration, AI, and 
machine learning. 

We support governments in implementing international development programs for developing nations to help them address 
numerous challenges, including access to potable water and adapting to the threats of climate change. Our international development 
services  include  supporting  donor  agencies  to  develop  safe  and  reliable  water  supplies  and  sanitation  services,  support  the 
eradication of poverty, improve livelihoods, promote democracy and increase economic growth; planning, designing, implementing, 
researching, and monitoring projects in the areas of climate change, agriculture and rural development, governance and institutional 
development, natural resources and the environment, infrastructure, economic growth, energy, rule of law and justice systems, land 
tenure and property rights, and training and consulting for public-private partnerships; and building capacity and strengthening 
institutions in areas such as global health, energy sector reform, utility management, education, food security, and local governance. 

Commercial/International Services Group 

 CIG primarily provides consulting and engineering services to U.S. commercial clients, and international clients that 
include  both  commercial  and  government  sectors.  CIG  supports  commercial  clients  across  the  Fortune  500,  energy  utilities, 
industrial, manufacturing, aerospace, and resource management markets. CIG also provides infrastructure and related environmental 
and geotechnical services, testing, engineering and project management services to commercial and local government clients across 
Canada, in Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile. 

CIG provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of water, environment, and sustainable 
infrastructure-related needs in both developed and emerging economies. The primary markets for CIG's services include natural 
resources, energy, and utilities, as well as civil infrastructure master planning and engineering design for facilities, transportation, 
and local development projects. CIG's services span from early data collection and monitoring to data analysis and information 
management,  to  feasibility  studies  and  assessments,  to  science  and  engineering  applied  research,  to  engineering  design,  to 
construction management, and operations and maintenance. 

CIG's environmental services include cleanup and beneficial reuse of sites contaminated with hazardous materials, toxic 
chemicals, and oil and petroleum products, which cover all phases of the remedial planning process, starting with disaster response 
and initial site assessment through removal actions, remedial design and implementation oversight; and supporting both commercial 
and government clients in planning and implementing remedial activities at numerous sites around the world, and providing a broad 
range of environmental analysis and planning services. 

CIG also supports commercial clients by providing design services to renovate, upgrade, and modernize industrial water 
supplies, and address industrial water treatment and water reuse needs; and provides plant engineering, project execution, and 
program management services for industrial water treatment projects throughout the world. 

CIG's international services, especially in Canada and Asia-Pacific, include high-end analytical, engineering, architecture, 
geotechnical,  and  construction  management  services  for  infrastructure  projects,  including  roadway  monitoring  and  asset 
management services, collection of condition data, optimization of upgrades and long-term planning for expansion; multi-modal 
design  services  for  commuter  railway  stations,  airport  expansions,  bridges  and  major  highways,  and  ports  and  harbors;  and 
designing solutions to repair, replace, and upgrade older transportation infrastructure. 

CIG provides infrastructure design services in extreme and remote areas by using specialized techniques that are adapted to 
local  resources,  while  minimizing  environmental  impacts,  and  considering  potential  climate  change  impacts.  These  include 
providing consulting, geotechnical, and design services to owners of transportation, natural resources, energy and community 
infrastructure in areas of permafrost or extreme climate regions. 

CIG's energy services include support for electric power utilities and independent power producers worldwide, ranging 
from  macro-level  planning  and  management  advisory  services  to  project-specific  environmental,  engineering,  construction 
management,  and  operational  services,  and  advising  on  the  design  and  implementation  of  smart  grids  both  in  the  U.S.  and 
internationally, including increasing utility automation, information and operational technologies, and critical infrastructure security. 
For  utilities  and  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  services  include  policy  and  regulatory  development,  utility  management, 
performance improvement, asset management and evaluation, and transaction support services. For developers and owners of 
renewable energy resources such as solar grid and off-grid, on-shore and off-shore wind, biogas and biomass, tidal, and hydropower, 
and conventional power generation facilities, micro-grid and battery or alternative storage facilities, as well as transmission and 
distribution assets, services include environmental, engineering, procurement, operations and maintenance, and regulatory support 
for all project phases. 

CIG supports industrial and energy clients, primarily in North America, in the upstream, midstream and downstream 
market sectors. Our services include environmental permitting support, siting studies, strategic planning and analyses; design of well 
pads and surface impoundments for drilling sites; water management for exploration activities; design of midstream pipelines and 

6 

associated pumping stations and storage facilities; construction monitoring, design and construction management for downstream 
sustaining capital projects; biological and cultural assessments, and site investigations; and hazardous waste site remediation.

CIG also provides environmental remediation and reconstruction services to evaluate and restore lands to beneficial use, 
including  the  identification,  evaluation  and  destruction  of  unexploded  ordinance,  both  domestically  and  internationally; 
investigating, remediating, and restoring contaminated facilities at military locations in the U.S. and around the world; managing 
large, complex sediment remediation programs that help restore rivers and coastal waters to beneficial use; constructing state-of-the-
art water treatment plants for commercial clients; and supporting utilities in the U.S. in implementing infrastructure needs.

Remediation and Construction Management 

We continued to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM reportable segment 

in fiscal 2019. As of September 29, 2019, there was no remaining backlog for RCM as the projects were complete. 

Project Examples 

Project examples are provided on our company website located at tetratech.com, including expert interviews, in-depth 
articles, and project profiles that demonstrate our services across water, environment, infrastructure, energy, resource management, 
and international development. 

Clients 

We provide services to a diverse base of U.S. state and local government, U.S. federal government, U.S. commercial, and 

international clients. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by client sector: 

Client Sector 
U.S. state and local government 

U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. commercial 

International (2)

2019 
18.9% 

30.3 

23.1 

27.7 

Fiscal Year 

2018 
15.8% 

32.9 

26.6 

24.7 

2017 
12.8% 

32.7 

27.8 

26.7 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

(1)

(2)

Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.

Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from 
non-U.S. clients.

U.S. federal government agencies are significant clients. The U.S. Agency for International Development ("USAID") 
accounted for 12.4%, 14.0% and 14.3% of our revenue in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Department of Defense 
("DoD") accounted for 7.9%, 10.0% and 9.2% of our revenue in fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We typically support 
multiple programs within a single U.S. federal government agency, both domestically and internationally. We also assist U.S. state 
and local government clients in various jurisdictions across the United States. In Canada, we work for several provinces and various 
local  jurisdictions.  Our  U.S.  commercial  clients  include  companies  in  the  chemical,  energy,  mining,  pharmaceutical,  retail, 
aerospace, automotive, petroleum, and communications industries. No single client, except for U.S. federal government clients, 
accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2019. 

Contracts 

Our services are performed under three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials, and 

cost-plus. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by contract type: 

Contract Type 
Fixed-price 
Time-and-materials 

Cost-plus 

2019 
33.7% 

48.6 

17.7 

Fiscal Year 

2018 
33.3% 

47.1 

19.6 

2017 
33.0% 

45.9 

21.1 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

Under a fixed-price contract, the client agrees to pay a specified price for our performance of the entire contract or a 
specified portion of the contract. Some fixed-price contracts can include date-certain and/or performance obligations. Fixed-price 

7 

contracts carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, problems 
with new technologies, price increases for materials, and economic and other changes that may occur over the contract period. 
Consequently, the profitability of fixed-price contracts may vary substantially. Under time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for 
labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and paid for other expenses. Profitability on these contracts is driven by billable headcount 
and cost control. Many of our time-and-materials contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue related 
to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are 
subject to a contract ceiling amount, we are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If 
our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable, we may not be able to obtain full reimbursement. Further, the amount of 
the fee received for a cost-plus award fee contract partially depends upon the client's discretionary periodic assessment of our 
performance on that contract. 

Some contracts with the U.S. federal government are subject to annual funding approval. U.S. federal government agencies 
may impose spending restrictions that limit the continued funding of our existing contracts and may limit our ability to obtain 
additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on us. All contracts with the U.S. federal 
government may be terminated by the government at any time, with or without cause. 

U.S. federal government agencies have formal policies against continuing or awarding contracts that would create actual or 
potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or performing 
government contracts resulting from or related to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed for a commercial 
or  government  sector  client  may  create  conflicts  of  interest  that  preclude  or  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  work  for  a  private 
organization. We attempt to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest and to minimize the possibility that such conflicts could 
affect our work under current contracts or our ability to compete for future contracts. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on a 
project because of an existing or potential conflict of interest. 

Some of our operating units have contracts with the U.S. federal government that are subject to audit by the government, 
primarily by the Defense Contract Audit Agency ("DCAA"). The DCAA generally seeks to (i) identify and evaluate all activities that 
contribute to, or have  an impact  on, proposed or incurred costs of  government contracts; (ii) evaluate a  contractor's policies, 
procedures, controls, and  performance;  and (iii) prevent or avoid  wasteful, careless, and  inefficient production or service. To 
accomplish this, the DCAA examines our internal control systems, management policies, and financial capability; evaluates the 
accuracy, reliability, and reasonableness of our cost representations and records; and assesses our compliance with Cost Accounting 
Standards  ("CAS")  and  defective-pricing  clauses  found  within  the  Federal Acquisition  Regulation  ("FAR"). The  DCAA  also 
performs an annual review of our overhead rates and assists in the establishment of our final rates. This review focuses on the 
allowability of cost items and the applicability of CAS. The DCAA also audits cost-based contracts, including the close-out of those 
contracts. 

The DCAA reviews all types of U.S. federal government proposals, including those of award, administration, modification, 
and  re-pricing.  The  DCAA  considers  our  cost  accounting  system,  estimating  methods  and  procedures,  and  specific  proposal 
requirements. Operational audits are also performed by the DCAA. A review of our operations at every major organizational level is 
conducted during the proposal review period. During the course of its audit, the U.S. federal government may disallow costs if it 
determines that we accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent with CAS. Under a government contract, only those costs that 
are reasonable, allocable, and allowable are recoverable. A disallowance of costs by the U.S. federal government could have a 
material adverse effect on our financial results. 

In accordance with our corporate policies, we maintain controls to minimize any occurrence of fraud or other unlawful 
activities that could result in severe legal remedies, including the payment of damages and/or penalties, criminal and civil sanctions, 
and debarment. In addition, we maintain preventative audit programs and mitigation measures to ensure that appropriate control 
systems are in place. 

We provide our services under contracts, purchase orders, or retainer letters. Our policy requires that all contracts must be 
in writing. We bill our clients in accordance with the contract terms and periodically based on costs incurred, on either an hourly-fee 
basis or on a percentage-of-completion basis, as the project progresses. Most of our agreements permit our clients to terminate the 
agreements without cause upon payment of fees and expenses through the date of the termination. Generally, our contracts do not 
require that we provide performance bonds. If required, a performance bond, issued by a surety company, guarantees a contractor's 
performance under the contract. If the contractor defaults under the contract, the surety will, at its discretion, complete the job or pay 
the client the amount of the bond. If the contractor does not have a performance bond and defaults in the performance of a contract, 
the contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the breach of contract. These damages include the cost of completion, 
together with possible consequential damages such as lost profits. 

Growth Strategy 

Our  management  team  establishes  Tetra  Tech's  overall  business  strategy.  Our  strategic  plan  defines  and  guides  our 
investment in marketing and business development to leverage our differentiators and target priority programs and growth markets. 
We maintain centralized business development resources to develop our corporate branding and marketing materials, support 

8 

proposal  preparation  and  planning,  conduct  market  research,  and  manage  promotional  and  professional  activities,  including 
appearances at trade shows, direct mailings, advertising, and public relations. 

We have established company-wide growth initiatives that reinforce internal coordination, track the development of new 
programs,  identify  and  coordinate  collective  resources  for  major  bids,  and  help  us  build  interdisciplinary  teams  and  provide 
innovative solutions for major pursuits. Our growth initiatives provide a forum for cross-sector collaboration and the development of 
interdisciplinary solutions. We continuously identify new markets that are consistent with our strategic plan and service offerings, 
and we leverage our full-service capabilities and internal coordination structure to develop and implement strategies to research, 
anticipate, and position us for future procurements and emerging programs. 

Business development activities are implemented by our technical and professional management staff throughout the 
company  with  the  support  of company-wide  resources  and  expertise.  Our  project  managers  and  technical  staff  have  the  best 
understanding of a client's needs and the effect of local or client-specific issues, laws and regulations, and procurement procedures. 
Our  professional  staff  members  hold  frequent  meetings  with  existing  and  potential  clients;  give  presentations  to  civic  and 
professional organizations; and present seminars on research and technical applications. Essential to the effective development of 
business is each staff member's access to all our service offerings through our internal technical and geographic networks. Our 
strong internal networking programs help our professional staff members to pursue new opportunities for both existing and new 
clients. These networks also facilitate our ability to provide services throughout the project life cycle from the early studies to 
operations and maintenance. Our enterprise-wide knowledge management systems include skills search tools, business development 
tracking, and collaboration tools. 

To support our growth plans we actively attract, recruit and retain key hires. Our combination of high-end science and 
consulting  coupled  with  practical  applications  provides  challenging  and  rewarding  opportunities  for  our  associates,  thereby 
enhancing our ability to recruit and retain top quality talent. Our internal networking programs, leadership training, entrepreneurial 
environment, focus on technical excellence, and global project portfolio help to attract and retain highly qualified individuals. 

Our  strategic  growth  plans  are  augmented  by  our  selective  investment  in  acquisitions  aligned  with  our  business. 
Acquisitions enhance plans to add new technologies, broaden our service offerings, add contract capacity and extend our geographic 
presence. Our long-established experience in identifying and integrating acquisitions strengthens our ability to integrate and rapidly 
leverage the resources of the acquired companies’ post-acquisition. 

Sustainability Program 

Tetra Tech supports clients in more than 100 countries around the world, helping them to solve complex problems and 
achieve solutions that are technically, socially, and economically resilient. Our high-end consulting and engineering services focus 
on using innovative technologies and creative solutions to minimize environmental impacts. Our greatest contribution toward 
sustainability is through the projects we perform every day for our clients. Sustainability is embedded in our projects – from 
recycling  freshwater  supplies  to  recycling  waste  products,  reducing  energy  consumption,  and  reducing  GHG  emissions  in 
developing countries. 

Our Sustainability Program enables us to further expand our commitment to sustainability by encouraging, coordinating, 
and reporting on actions to minimize our collective impacts on the environment. Our Sustainability Program has three primary 
pillars: Projects – the solutions we provide for our clients; Procurement – our procurement and subcontracting approaches; and 
Processes – the  internal policies and processes that  promote sustainable practices, reduce  costs, and  minimize environmental 
impacts.  In  addition,  our  program  is  based  on  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  ("GRI") Sustainability  Report  Framework,  the 
internationally predominant sustainability reporting protocol for corporate sustainability plans, which includes three fundamental 
areas: environmental, economic, and social sustainability. 

Our Sustainability Program is led by our Chief Sustainability Officer, who has been appointed by executive management 
and is supported by other key corporate and operations representatives via our Sustainability Council. We have established a clear 
set of metrics to evaluate our progress toward our sustainability goals. Each metric corresponds with one or more performance 
indicators from GRI. These metrics include economic, health and safety, information technology, human resources, and real estate. 
We continuously implement sustainability-related policies and practices, and we assess the results of our efforts in order to improve 
upon them in the future. Our executive management team reviews and approves the Sustainability Program and evaluates our 
progress in achieving the goals and objectives outlined in our plan. We publish an annual sustainability report on Earth Day each 
year that documents our progress and is posted on our website located at tetratech.com. 

Acquisitions and Divestitures 

Acquisitions.    We continuously evaluate the marketplace for acquisition opportunities to further our strategic growth 
plans. Due to our reputation, size, financial resources, geographic presence and range of services, we have numerous opportunities 
to acquire privately and publicly held companies or selected portions of such companies. We evaluate an acquisition opportunity 
based on its ability to strengthen our leadership in the markets we serve, the technologies and solutions they provide, and the 
additional new geographies and clients they bring. Also, during our evaluation, we examine an acquisition's ability to drive organic 

9 

growth, its accretive effect on long-term earnings, and its ability to generate return on investment. Generally, we proceed with an 
acquisition if we believe that it will strategically expand our service offerings, improve our long-term financial performance, and 
increase shareholder returns.

We view acquisitions as a key component in the execution of our growth strategy, and we intend to use cash, debt or equity, 
as we deem appropriate, to fund acquisitions. We may acquire other businesses that we believe are synergistic and will ultimately 
increase our revenue and net income, strengthen our ability to achieve our strategic goals, provide critical mass with existing clients, 
and further expand our lines of service. We typically pay a purchase price that results in the recognition of goodwill, generally 
representing  the  intangible  value  of  a  successful  business  with  an  assembled  workforce  specialized  in  our  areas  of  interest. 
Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be successful or will not 
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. All acquisitions require the approval of 
our Board of Directors. 

Divestitures.    We regularly review and evaluate our existing operations to determine whether our business model should 
change through the divestiture of certain businesses. Accordingly, from time to time, we may divest or wind-down certain non-core 
businesses and reallocate our resources to businesses that better align with our long-term strategic direction.

For detailed information regarding acquisitions and divestitures, see Note 6, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" of the "Notes 

to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Competition 

The market for our services is generally competitive. We often compete with many other firms ranging from small regional 

firms to large international firms. 

We  perform  a  broad  spectrum  of  consulting,  engineering,  and  technical  services  across  the  water,  environment, 
infrastructure,  resource  management,  energy,  and  international  development  markets.  Our  client  base  includes  U.S.  federal 
government agencies such as the DoD, USAID, the U.S. Department of Energy ("DOE"), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
("EPA"), and the FAA; U.S. state and local government agencies; government and commercial clients in Canada,  Australia, and the 
United  Kingdom;  the  U.S.  commercial  sector,  which  consists  primarily  of  large  industrial  companies  and  utilities;  and  our 
international commercial clients. Our competition varies and is a function of the business areas in which, and the client sectors for 
which, we perform our services. The number of competitors for any procurement can vary  widely, depending upon technical 
qualifications, the relative value of the project, geographic location, the financial terms and risks associated with the work, and any 
restrictions placed upon competition by the client. Historically, clients have chosen among competing firms by weighing the quality, 
innovation and timeliness of the firm's service  versus its cost to determine which firm offers the best value. When less work 
becomes available in certain markets, price could become an increasingly important factor. 

Our competitors vary depending on end markets and clients, and often we may only compete with a portion of a firm. We 
believe that our principal competitors include the following firms, in alphabetical order: AECOM; Arcadis NV; Black & Veatch 
Corporation; Booz Allen Hamilton; Brown & Caldwell; CDM Smith Inc.; Chemonics International, Inc.; Exponent, Inc.; GHD; ICF 
International, Inc.;  Jacobs  Engineering  Group Inc.;  Leidos, Inc.;  SAIC;  SNC-Lavalin  Group Inc.;  Stantec Inc.;  TRC 
Companies, Inc.; Weston Solutions, Inc.; and WSP Global Inc. 

Backlog 

We include in our backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorization has been 
received. We estimate that approximately 62% of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2019 will be recognized as revenue in fiscal 2020, 
as work is being performed. However, we cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, 
will result in profits. In addition, project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur with respect to contracts reflected in our 
backlog. For example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are terminable at the discretion of 
the client, with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our revenue and margins. Accordingly, 
our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

At  fiscal  2019  year-end,  our  backlog  was  $3.1  billion,  an  increase  of  $428.0  million,  or  16.1%,  compared  to  fiscal 
2018 year-end. Approximately $2.1 billion and $1.0 billion of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2019 related to GSG and CIG, 
respectively. 

Regulations 

We  engage  in  various  service  activities  that  are  subject  to  government  oversight,  including  environmental  laws  and 
regulations, general government procurement laws and regulations, and other regulations and requirements imposed by the specific 
government agencies with which we conduct business. 

Environmental.        A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  the  planning,  design,  program  management  and 
construction management of pollution control facilities, as well as the assessment and management of remediation activities at 

10 

hazardous waste sites, U.S. Superfund sites, and military bases. In addition, we contract with U.S. federal government entities to 
destroy  hazardous  materials.  These  activities  require  us  to  manage,  handle,  remove,  treat,  transport,  and  dispose  of  toxic  or 
hazardous substances.

Some environmental laws, such as the U.S. Superfund law and similar state, provincial and local statutes, can impose 
liability for the entire cost of clean-up for contaminated facilities or sites upon present and former owners and operators, as well as 
generators, transporters, and persons arranging for the treatment or disposal of such substances. In addition, while we strive to 
handle hazardous and toxic substances with care and in accordance with safe methods, the possibility of accidents, leaks, spills, and 
events of force majeure always exist. Humans exposed to these materials, including workers or subcontractors engaged in the 
transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and persons in affected areas, may be injured or become ill. This could result in 
lawsuits that expose us to liability and substantial damage awards. Liabilities for contamination or human exposure to hazardous or 
toxic materials, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs, including clean-up costs, fines, 
civil or criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury, or the cessation of remediation activities. 

Certain of our business operations are covered by U.S. Public Law 85-804, which provides for government indemnification 
against claims and damages arising out of unusually hazardous activities performed at the request of the government. Due to 
changes in public policies and law, however, government indemnification may not be available in the case of any future claims or 
liabilities relating to other hazardous activities that we perform. 

Government Procurement.    The services we provide to the U.S. federal government are subject to the FAR and other rules 

and regulations applicable to government contracts. These rules and regulations:

• 

• 

• 

require certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with the contract negotiations under 
certain contract types;

impose accounting rules that define allowable and unallowable costs and otherwise govern our right to reimbursement 
under certain cost-based government contracts; and

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of certain 
products and technical data. 

In addition, services provided to the DoD are monitored by the Defense Contract Management Agency and audited by the 
DCAA. Our government clients can also terminate any of their contracts, and many of our government contracts are subject to 
renewal  or  extension  annually.  Further,  the  services  we  provide  to  state  and  local  government  clients  are  subject  to  various 
government rules and regulations. 

Seasonality 

We experience seasonal trends in our business. Our revenue and operating income are typically lower in the first half of our 
fiscal year, primarily due to the Thanksgiving (in the U.S.), Christmas and New Year's holidays. Many of our clients' employees, as 
well  as  our  own  employees,  take  vacations  during  these  holiday  periods.  Further,  seasonal  inclement  weather  conditions 
occasionally cause some of our offices to close temporarily or may hamper our project field work in the northern hemisphere's 
temperate and arctic regions. These occurrences result in fewer billable hours worked on projects and, correspondingly, less revenue 
recognized. 

Potential Liability and Insurance 

Our business activities could expose us to potential liability under various laws and under workplace health and safety 
regulations. In addition, we occasionally assume liability by contract under indemnification agreements. We cannot predict the 
magnitude of such potential liabilities. 

We maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with an umbrella policy that covers losses beyond the 
general liability limits. We also maintain professional errors and omissions liability and contractor's pollution liability insurance 
policies. We believe that both policies provide adequate coverage for our business. When we perform higher-risk work, we obtain, if 
available, the necessary types of insurance coverage for such activities, as is typically required by our clients. 

We obtain insurance coverage through a broker that is experienced in our industry. The broker and our risk manager 
regularly review the adequacy of our insurance coverage. Because there are various exclusions and retentions under our policies, or 
an insurance carrier may become insolvent, there can be no assurance that all potential liabilities will be covered by our insurance 
policies or paid by our carrier. 

We evaluate the risk associated with insurance claims. If we determine that a loss is probable and reasonably estimable, we 
establish an appropriate reserve. A reserve  is  not established if  we determine  that  a claim  has  no  merit or is  not  probable or 
reasonably estimable. Our historic levels of insurance coverage and reserves have been adequate. However, partially or completely 
uninsured claims, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

11 

Employees 

At fiscal 2019 year-end, we had approximately 20,000 staff worldwide. A large percentage of our employees have technical 
and professional backgrounds and undergraduate and/or advanced degrees, including the employees of recently acquired companies. 
Our professional staff includes archaeologists, architects, biologists, chemical engineers, chemists, civil engineers, data scientists, 
computer scientists, economists, electrical engineers, environmental engineers, environmental scientists, geologists, hydrogeologists, 
mechanical  engineers,  oceanographers,  project  managers  and  toxicologists.  We  consider  the  current  relationships  with  our 
employees to be favorable. We are not aware of any employment circumstances that are  likely to disrupt work at any  of our 
facilities. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" for a discussion of the risks related to the loss of key personnel or our inability to 
attract and retain qualified personnel. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows the name, age and position of each of our executive officers at November 22, 2019: 

Name 

Dan L. Batrack 

Age 

Position 

61 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

Mr. Batrack joined our predecessor in 1980 and was named Chairman in January 
2008. He has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since November 
2005, and as our President from October 2008 to September 2019. Mr. Batrack has 
served in numerous capacities over the last 30 years, including project scientist, 
project manager, operations manager, Senior Vice President and President of an 
operating unit. He has managed complex programs for many small and Fortune 
500 clients, both in the United States and internationally. Mr. Batrack holds a B.A. 
degree in Business Administration from the University of Washington. 

Leslie L. Shoemaker 

62 President 

Dr. Shoemaker  was  appointed President in September 2019, having previously 
served as President of WEI Business Group from April 2015 to November 2017, 
and CIG from November 2017 to September 2019. Dr. Shoemaker joined us in 
1991,  and  has  served  in  various  management  capacities,  including  project  and 
program manager,  water resources manager and infrastructure group president. 
From  2005  to  2015,  she  led  our  strategic  planning,  business  development  and 
company-wide  collaboration  programs.  Her  technical  expertise  is  in  the 
management of large-scale watershed and master planning studies, development of 
modeling  tools  and  application  of  optimization  tools  for  decision  making. 
Additionally, she is our Chief Sustainability Officer who leads our Sustainability 
Council to implement sustainability-related policies and practices company-wide. 
Dr. Shoemaker  holds  a  B.A.  degree  in  Mathematics  from  Hamilton  College,  a 
Master  of  Engineering  from  Cornell  University  and  a  Ph.D.  in  Agricultural 
Engineering from the University of Maryland. 

Steven M. Burdick 

55 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

Mr. Burdick has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
since April 2011. He served as our Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller 
from January 2004 to March 2011. Mr. Burdick joined us in April 2003 as Vice 
President, Management Audit. Previously, Mr. Burdick served in senior financial 
and  executive  positions  with Aura  Systems,  Inc.,  TRW  Ventures,  and  Ernst  & 
Young LLP.    Mr. Burdick holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from 
Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Derek G. Amidon 

52 Senior Vice President, President of CIG and the Commercial Account Management 

Division of CIG 

12 

Name 

Age 

Position 

Mr. Amidon was appointed President of CIG in September 2019, in addition to his 
role  as  President  of  CIG's  Commercial  Account  Management  Division.  Mr. 
Amidon  has  served  as  a  project  manager,  key  account  manager,  operations 
manager, and regional manager since joining us in 2012. He has managed a variety 
of  complex,  high  profile  programs  for  key  clients,  including  Fortune  100 
companies.  His  focus  has  been  on  leading  high  value  consulting  services  that 
deliver  scientific,  engineering  and  regulatory  solutions  for  challenging 
environmental, engineering, permitting and public relations problems for energy, 
industrial, institutional and custodial trust clients. He has managed projects in the 
U.S., Africa, Australia, Europe, and the Caribbean. In addition to experience in 
both public and private consulting and engineering firms over his 24-year career, 
Mr.  Amidon  also  served  in  a  variety  of  business  leadership  and  project 
development  roles  at  Hess  Corporation,  a  leading  independent  oil  and  gas 
company. Mr. Amidon is a registered Professional Engineer. He holds B.S. and 
M.S. degrees in Civil Engineering from Brigham Young University and a M.S. in 
Management from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Roger R. Argus 

58 Senior Vice President, President of GSG and the U.S. Government Division of 

GSG 

Mr. Argus is a chemical engineer with 35 years of experience, including 27 years 
with us in operational leadership, program and project management, and quality 
assurance  for  projects  encompassing  a  broad  spectrum  of  environmental, 
engineering, information technology, and disaster management services. Mr. Argus 
has also been responsible for managing multidisciplinary contracts and projects in 
support  of  the  U.S.  federal  government  (i.e.,  Navy,  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of 
Engineers ("USACE"), and the EPA), state and municipal agencies, and private 
clients nationwide. The scope of his technical experience includes planning and 
directing environmental programs, developing data acquisition, management and 
analytics  solutions,  fund  research  and  development  support  for  innovative 
environmental technologies and waste treatment systems, municipal resiliency, and 
sustainability programs. Mr. Argus holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from 
California State University, Long Beach. 

Jan K. Auman 

64 Senior Vice President, President of the Global Development Services Division of 

GSG 

 Mr. Auman joined us through an acquisition in 2007. He has over 40 years of 
experience  managing  large,  complex  international  development  and  technical 
assistance  operations,  having  served  10  years  with  the  United  States  federal 
government and 30 years in the private sector. With 20 years of residence overseas 
in  eight countries,  Mr. Auman has hands-on technical  expertise in the  areas of 
natural  resources  management,  conflict  resolution,  political  transformation, 
institutional development, and policy formulation in the Middle East, the South 
Pacific,  the  Caribbean,  and  Africa.  Mr.  Auman’s  overall  direction  for  our 
international  development  operations 
technical,  operational, 
administrative, fiscal, and representational responsibilities involving operations 
that manage projects in over 60 countries. He holds a B.A. in Political Science and 
Government from Pennsylvania State University and an M.I.A in International 
Administration from the School for International Training. 

includes 

William R. Brownlie 

66 Senior Vice President, Chief Engineer and Corporate Risk Management Officer 

Dr. Brownlie was named Senior Vice President and Chief Engineer in September 
2009,  and  Corporate  Risk  Management  Officer  in  November  2013.  From 
December 2005 to September 2009, he served as a Group President. Dr. Brownlie 
joined  our  predecessor  in  1981  and  was  named  a  Senior  Vice  President  in 
December 1993. Dr. Brownlie has managed various operating units and programs 
focusing  on  water  resources  and  environmental  services,  including  work  with 
USACE, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation and DOE. He is a 
registered professional engineer and has a strong technical background in water 
resources. Dr. Brownlie holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Civil Engineering from the 
State University of New York at Buffalo and a Ph.D. in Civil Engineering from the 
California Institute of Technology. 

13 

Name 

Brian N. Carter 

Age 

Position 

52 Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer 

Mr. Carter joined us as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting 
Officer in June 2011 and was appointed Senior Vice President in October 2012. 
Previously, Mr. Carter served in finance and auditing positions in private industry 
and with Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Carter holds a B.S. in Business Administration 
from Miami University and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Craig L. Christensen 

66 Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer 

Mr. Christensen joined us in 1998 through the acquisition of our Tetra Tech NUS, 
Inc.  ("NUS")  subsidiary.  He  is  responsible  for  our  information  services  and 
technologies, including the implementation of our enterprise resource planning 
system.  Previously,  Mr. Christensen  held  positions  at  NUS,  Brown  and  Root 
Services, and Landmark Graphics subsidiaries of Halliburton Company where his 
responsibilities 
finance,  and  system 
development. Prior to his service at Halliburton, Mr. Christensen held positions at 
Burroughs  Corporation  and Apple  Computer.  Mr. Christensen  holds  B.A.  and 
M.B.A. degrees from Brigham Young University. 

included  contracts  administration, 

Preston Hopson 

43 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Mr. Hopson was appointed Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
to the Board of Directors in January 2018. He also serves as the Chief Compliance 
Officer.  For the prior 10 years, Mr. Hopson served as Vice President, Assistant 
General  Counsel  and  Assistant  Corporate  Secretary  at  the  engineering  and 
infrastructure firm AECOM. Prior to this, he was a Senior Associate at the law firm 
O’Melveny & Myers LLP. Mr. Hopson began his career as a judicial clerk on the 
U.S.  Court  of Appeals  for  the  Ninth  Circuit.  Mr.  Hopson  holds  B.A.  and  J.D. 
degrees from Yale University. 

Richard A. Lemmon 

60 Senior Vice President, Corporate Administration 

Mr. Lemmon joined our predecessor in 1981 in a technical capacity and became a 
member of its corporate staff in a management position in 1985. In 1988, at the 
time of our predecessor's divestiture from Honeywell, Inc., Mr. Lemmon structured 
and  managed  many  of our corporate functions. He is currently responsible  for 
insurance, risk management, human resources, safety and facilities. 

Brendan M. O'Rourke 

46 Senior Vice President, Enterprise Risk Management 

Mr.  O'Rourke  joined  us  in  January  2018  as  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Risk 
Management  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Risk 
Management in November 2018. For the prior 10 years, Mr. O'Rourke served as 
Assistant Vice President of Professional Liability Claims at AIG. Prior to this, he 
was a Senior Associate at the law firm of Seyfarth Shaw in Boston, Massachusetts. 
Mr.  O'Rourke  has  more  than  twenty  years  of  experience  in  risk  management, 
contract  negotiation,  claim  resolution  and  litigation  within  the  construction 
industry. Mr. O'Rourke holds a J.D. from Suffolk Law School and a B.A. from 
Worcester State University. 

Mark A. Rynning 

58 Senior Vice President, President of the U.S. Infrastructure Division of GSG 

14 

Name 

Age 

Position 

Mr. Rynning has more than 30 years of experience in the engineering consulting 
industry, including 27 years with us. He is a registered professional engineer and 
has  served  us  in  numerous  capacities  including  project  manager,  operations 
manager, and operating  unit leader. He has  managed large  water infrastructure 
programs for state and local agencies throughout the United States. Mr. Rynning 
has  broad  experience  in  planning  and  design  of  water  and  wastewater 
infrastructure,  utility  master  planning,  and  design  of  water  and  wastewater 
transmission and collection systems. In addition, Mr. Rynning has planned and 
designed  reverse  osmosis  water  treatment  plants  and  advanced  wastewater 
treatment  systems.  He  has  provided  expert  advisory  services  to  numerous 
municipal  clients  for  utility  system  acquisitions.  He  holds  a  B.S.  in  Civil 
Engineering and a Master of Business Administration, both from the University of 
Florida. 

Bernard Teufele 

54 Senior Vice President, President of the Canada and South America Division of CIG

Mr. Teufele joined us through an acquisition in 2010. He has over 22  years of 
consulting engineering experience as a leader of a highly diversified, high-end 
infrastructure  practice  and  as  a  technical  expert  in  the  field  of  infrastructure 
monitoring  and  asset  management.  Prior  to  his  current  role,  Mr.  Teufele  has 
managed operating units of increasing size and complexity with a primary focus on 
infrastructure,  environmental  sciences,  civil  transportation,  and  mining-related 
services doing work for municipal, provincial, and federal government clients in 
Canada. He has managed key provincial infrastructure programs in Canada with a 
particular focus on the monitoring and assessment of roadway infrastructure and 
the  development  of  asset  management  programs.  Mr.  Teufele  has  a  B.Sc.  in 
Applied Science from the University of British Columbia. 

Available Information 

Our website address is www.tetratech.com. We made available, free electronic copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, 
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports through the “Investor Relations” 
portion of our website, under the heading “SEC Filings” filed under “Financial Information.” These reports are available on our 
website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). 
These  reports,  and  any  amendments  to  them,  are  also  available  at  the  Internet  website  of  the  SEC,  http://www.sec.gov. Also 
available on our website are our Corporate Governance Policies, Board Committees, Corporate Code of Conduct and Finance Code 
of Professional Conduct. 

Item 1A.    Risk Factors 

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could 
materially adversely affect our operations. Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the SEC 
are descriptions of the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated 
by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. Additional risks we do not yet know of or that we currently think are 
immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risks actually 
occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability. 

The last several years have been periodically marked by political and economic concerns, including decreased consumer 
confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and inflation. Although certain indices and economic data 
have shown signs of stabilization in the United States and certain global markets, there can be no assurance that these improvements 
will be broad-based or sustainable. This instability can make it extremely difficult for our clients, our vendors and us to accurately 
forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause constrained spending on our services, delays and a lengthening of our 
business development efforts, the demand for more favorable pricing or other terms, and/or difficulty in collection of our accounts 
receivable. Our government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them from funding proposed and existing projects. Further, 
ongoing economic instability in the global markets could limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would 
like,  or  need,  to  raise  capital,  which  could  have  an  impact  on  our  ability  to  react  to  changing  business  conditions  or  new 

15 

opportunities. If economic conditions remain uncertain or weaken, or government spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability 
could be adversely affected. 

Changes in applicable tax regulations could negatively affect our financial results. 

We are subject to taxation in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. 
government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA"). The changes to 
U.S. tax law implemented by the TCJA are broad and complex. The final impacts of the TCJA may differ from the estimates 
provided elsewhere in this report, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in interpretations of the TCJA, any 
legislative action to address questions that arise because of the TCJA, any changes in accounting standards for income taxes or 
related interpretations in response to the TCJA, or any updates or changes in estimates we have utilized to calculate the impacts, 
including impacts from changes to current year earnings estimates and foreign exchange rates. 

Demand for our services is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If economic growth slows, government fiscal 
conditions worsen, or client spending declines further, then our revenue, profits and financial condition may deteriorate. 

Demand for our services is cyclical, and vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in government and private 
industry spending. Such downturns or reductions may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing 
projects. Our business traditionally lags the overall recovery in the economy; therefore, our business may not recover immediately 
when the economy improves. If economic growth slows, government fiscal conditions worsen, or client spending declines, then our 
revenue, profits and overall financial condition may deteriorate. Our government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them 
from funding new or existing projects. In addition, our existing and potential clients may either postpone entering into new contracts 
or request price concessions. Difficult financing and economic conditions may cause some of our clients to demand better pricing 
terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average number of days our receivables are outstanding, 
and the potential of increased credit losses of uncollectible invoices. Further, these conditions may result in the inability of some of 
our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. If we are not able to reduce our costs quickly enough to respond to 
the revenue decline from these clients, our operating results may be adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability 
to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas that may be adversely impacted by market conditions. 

Our international operations expose us to legal, political, and economic risks in different countries as well as currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our business and financial results. 

In fiscal 2019, we generated 27.7% of our revenue from our international operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the 
United Kingdom and from international clients for work that is performed by our domestic operations. International business is 
subject to a variety of risks, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

imposition of governmental controls and changes in laws, regulations, or policies;
lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights;
greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles;
currency exchange rate fluctuations, devaluations, and other conversion restrictions;
uncertain and changing tax rules, regulations, and rates;
the potential  for civil  unrest, acts of terrorism, force  majeure,  war or other armed conflict, and greater physical 
security risks, which may cause us to have to leave a country quickly; 
logistical and communication challenges;
changes in regulatory practices, including tariffs and taxes;
changes in labor conditions;
general economic, political, and financial conditions in foreign markets; and 
exposure to civil or criminal liability under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, 
the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, the Brazilian Clean Companies Act, the anti-boycott rules, 
trade and export control regulations, as well as other international regulations. 

For example, an ongoing government investigation into political corruption in Quebec contributed to the slow-down in 
procurements and business activity in that province, which adversely affected our business. The Province of Quebec has adopted 
legislation that requires businesses and individuals seeking contracts with governmental bodies be certified by a Quebec regulatory 
authority for contracts over a specified size. Our failure to maintain certification could adversely affect our business. 

International risks and violations of international regulations may significantly reduce our revenue and profits, and subject 
us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including fines, suspensions, or disqualification from future U.S. federal procurement 

16 

contracting. Although we have policies and procedures to monitor legal and regulatory compliance, our employees, subcontractors, 
and agents could take actions that violate these requirements. As a result, our international risk exposure may be more or less than 
the percentage of revenue attributed to our international operations. 

The United Kingdom's proposed withdrawal from the European Union could have an adverse effect on our business and 
financial results. 

In March 2017, the United Kingdom government initiated a process to withdraw from the European Union ("Brexit") and 
began negotiating the terms of the separation. Brexit has created substantial economic and political uncertainty and volatility in 
currency exchange rates, and the terms of the United Kingdom's withdrawal from the European Union remain uncertain. The 
uncertainty created by Brexit may cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce demand for our services and may 
ultimately result in new regulatory and cost challenges for our United Kingdom and global operations. Any of these events could 
adversely affect our United Kingdom, European and overall business and financial results.

We derive a substantial amount of our revenue from U.S. federal, state and local government agencies, and any disruption in 
government funding or in our relationship with those agencies could adversely affect our business. 

In fiscal 2019, we generated 49.2% of our revenue from contracts with U.S. federal, and state and local government 
agencies. A significant amount of this revenue is derived under multi-year contracts, many of which are appropriated on an annual 
basis. As a result, at the beginning of a project, the related contract may be only partially funded, and additional funding is normally 
committed  only  as  appropriations  are  made  in  each  subsequent  year.  These  appropriations,  and  the  timing  of  payment  of 
appropriated amounts, may be influenced by numerous factors as noted below. Our backlog includes only the projects that have 
funding appropriated. 

The demand for our U.S. government-related services is generally driven by the level of government program funding. 
Accordingly, the success and further development of our business depends, in large part, upon the continued funding of these U.S. 
government programs, and upon our ability to obtain contracts and perform well under these programs. Under the Budget Control 
Act of 2011, an automatic sequestration process, or across-the-board budget cuts (a large portion of which was defense-related), was 
triggered. The sequestration began on March 1, 2013. Although the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 provided some sequester relief 
through the end of fiscal year 2015, the sequestration requires reduced U.S. federal government spending through fiscal year 2021. A 
significant reduction in federal government spending, the absence of a bipartisan agreement on the federal government budget, a 
partial or full federal government shutdown, or a change in budgetary priorities could reduce demand for our services, cancel or 
delay federal projects, result in the closure of federal facilities and significant personnel reductions, and have a material and adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

There are several additional factors that could materially affect our U.S. government contracting business, which could 
cause U.S. government agencies to delay or cancel programs, to reduce their orders under existing contracts, to exercise their rights 
to terminate contracts or not to exercise contract options for renewals or extensions. Such factors, which include the following, 
could have a material adverse effect on our revenue or the timing of contract payments from U.S. government agencies: 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

the failure of the U.S. government to complete its budget and appropriations process before its fiscal year-end, which 
would result in the funding of government operations by means of a continuing resolution that authorizes agencies to 
continue to operate but does not authorize new spending initiatives. As a result, U.S. government agencies may delay 
the procurement of services;
changes in and delays or cancellations of government programs, requirements or appropriations;
budget constraints or policy changes resulting in delay or curtailment of expenditures related to the services we 
provide;
re-competes of government contracts;
the timing and amount of tax revenue received by federal, and state and local governments, and the overall level of 
government expenditures;
curtailment in the use of government contracting firms;
delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to oversee contracts;
the increasing preference by government agencies for contracting with small and disadvantaged businesses;
competing political priorities and changes in the political climate regarding the funding or operation of the services we 
provide;
the  adoption  of  new  laws  or  regulations  affecting  our  contracting  relationships  with  the  federal,  state  or  local 
governments;
unsatisfactory performance on government contracts by us or one of our subcontractors, negative government audits 
or other events that may impair our relationship with federal, state or local governments;

17 

• 
• 

a dispute with or improper activity by any of our subcontractors; and
general economic or political conditions. 

Our inability to win or renew U.S. government contracts during regulated procurement processes could harm our operations 
and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

U.S.  government  contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  procurement  process. The  U.S.  federal  government  has 
increasingly relied upon  multi-year contracts  with pre-established terms and conditions, such as indefinite  delivery/indefinite 
quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, which generally require those contractors who have previously been awarded the IDIQ to engage in an 
additional competitive bidding process before a task order is issued. As a result, new work awards tend to be smaller and of shorter 
duration, since the orders represent individual tasks rather than large, programmatic assignments. In addition, we believe that there 
has been an increase in the award of federal contracts based on a low-price, technically acceptable criteria emphasizing price over 
qualitative factors, such as past performance. As a result, pricing pressure may reduce our profit margins on future federal contracts. 
The increased competition and pricing pressure, in turn, may require us to make sustained efforts to reduce costs in order to realize 
revenue, and profits under government contracts. If we are not successful in reducing the amount of costs we incur, our profitability 
on government contracts will be negatively impacted. In addition, the U.S. federal government has scaled back outsourcing of 
services in favor of “insourcing” jobs to its employees, which could reduce our revenue. Moreover, even if we are qualified to work 
on a government contract, we may not be awarded the contract because of existing government policies designed to protect small 
businesses  and  under-represented  minority  contractors.  Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  government  contracts during  regulated 
procurement processes could harm our operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

Each year, client funding for some of our U.S. government contracts may rely on government appropriations or public-
supported financing. If adequate public funding is delayed or is not available, then our profits and revenue could decline. 

Each  year, client  funding for  some  of our  U.S. government contracts  may directly or indirectly rely on  government 
appropriations or public-supported financing. Legislatures may appropriate funds for a given project on a year-by-year basis, even 
though the project may take more than one year to perform. In addition, public-supported financing such as U.S. state and local 
municipal bonds may be only partially raised to support existing projects. Similarly, an economic downturn may make it more 
difficult for U.S. state and local governments to fund projects. In addition to the state of the economy and competing political 
priorities, public funds and the timing of payment of these funds may be influenced by, among other things, curtailments in the use 
of government contracting firms, increases in raw material costs, delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to 
oversee contracts, budget constraints, the timing and amount of tax receipts, and the overall level of government expenditures. If 
adequate public funding is not available or is delayed, then our profits and revenue could decline. 

Our U.S. federal government contracts may give government agencies the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or 
terminate existing contracts at their convenience at any time prior to their completion, which may result in a decline in our 
profits and revenue. 

U.S. federal government projects in which we participate as a contractor or subcontractor may extend for several years. 
Generally, government contracts include the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or terminate contracts and subcontracts at the 
government’s convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a U.S. federal government client to modify, delay, 
curtail, renegotiate, or terminate our contracts at their convenience may result in a decline in our profits and revenue. 

As a U.S. government contractor, we must comply with various procurement laws and regulations and are subject to regular 
government audits; a violation of any of these laws and regulations or the failure to pass a government audit could result in
sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture of profit, harm to our reputation or loss of our status as an eligible government 
contractor and could reduce our profits and revenue. 

We must comply  with  and are affected  by  U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the 
formation,  administration  and  performance  of  government  contracts.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  FAR,  the  Truth  in 
Negotiations Act, CAS, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Services Contract Act, and the DoD security 
regulations, as well as many other rules and regulations. In addition, we must comply with other government regulations related to 
employment practices, environmental protection, health and safety, tax, accounting, and anti-fraud measures, as well as many other 
regulations in order to maintain our government contractor status. These laws and regulations affect how we do business with our 
clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Although we take precautions to prevent and 
deter fraud, misconduct, and non-compliance, we face the risk that our employees or outside partners may engage in misconduct, 
fraud, or other improper activities. U.S. government agencies, such as the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate government 
contractors. These government agencies review and audit a government contractor’s performance under its contracts and cost 
structure, and evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards. In addition, during the course of its audits, the 

18 

DCAA may question our incurred project costs. If the DCAA believes we have accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent 
with the requirements for FAR or CAS, the DCAA auditor may recommend to our U.S. government corporate administrative 
contracting officer that such costs be disallowed. Historically, we have not experienced significant disallowed costs as a result of 
government audits. However, we can provide no assurance that the DCAA or other government audits will not result in material 
disallowances for incurred costs in the future. In addition, U.S. government contracts are subject to various other requirements 
relating to the formation, administration, performance, and accounting for these contracts. We may also be subject to qui tam
litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the U.S. government under the Federal Civil False Claims Act, which could 
include claims for treble damages. For example, as discussed elsewhere in this report, on January 14, 2019, the Civil Division of the 
United States Attorney's Office ("USAO") filed complaints in intervention in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra 
Tech EC, Inc. ("TtEC"), in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaints allege False Claims Act 
violations and breach of contract related to TtEC's contracts to perform environmental remediation services at the former Hunters 
Point  Naval  Shipyard  in  San  Francisco,  California.  TtEC  disputes  the  claims  and  will  defend  this  matter  vigorously.  U.S. 
government contract violations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties or sanctions, contract termination, 
forfeiture of profit, and/or suspension of payment, any of which could make us lose our status as an eligible government contractor. 
We could also suffer serious harm to our reputation. Any interruption or termination of our U.S. government contractor status could 
reduce our profits and revenue significantly. 

If we extend a significant portion of our credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience 
disproportionately high levels of collection risk and nonpayment if those clients are adversely affected by factors particular 
to their geographic area or industry. 

Our clients include public and private entities that have been, and may continue to be, negatively impacted by the changing 
landscape in the global economy. While outside of the U.S. federal government no one client accounted for over 10% of our revenue 
for fiscal 2019, we face collection risk as a normal part of our business where we perform services and subsequently bill our clients 
for such services. In the event that we have concentrated credit risk from clients in a specific geographic area or industry, continuing 
negative trends or a worsening in the financial condition of that specific geographic area or industry could make us susceptible to 
disproportionately high levels of default by those clients. Such defaults could materially adversely impact our revenues and our 
results of operations. 

We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions. Acquisitions could disrupt our operations and adversely impact 
our business and operating results. Our failure to conduct due diligence effectively, or our inability to successfully integrate 
acquisitions,  could  impede  us  from  realizing  all  of  the  benefits  of  the  acquisitions,  which  could  weaken  our  results  of 
operations. 

A key part of our growth strategy is to acquire other companies that complement our lines of business or that broaden our 
technical capabilities and geographic presence. We expect to continue to acquire companies as an element of our growth strategy; 
however, our ability to make acquisitions is restricted under our credit agreement. Acquisitions involve certain known and unknown 
risks that could cause our actual growth or operating results to differ from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts. 
For example: 

•  we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to acquire additional companies on acceptable 

terms;

•  we are pursuing international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risk than domestic acquisitions;
•  we compete with others to acquire companies, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price for, 

suitable acquisition candidates;

•  we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any of our potential 

acquisitions;

•  we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a company; and
acquired companies may not perform as we expect, and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits. 
• 

In addition, our acquisition strategy may divert management’s attention away from our existing businesses, resulting in the 
loss of key clients or key employees, and expose us to unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, including responsibility as a 
successor-in-interest for undisclosed or contingent liabilities of acquired businesses or assets. 

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at target 
companies, or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. Our inability to successfully integrate 
future acquisitions could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could severely weaken our business 
operations. The integration process may disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full 
benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of the combining companies 

19 

may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, and competitive responses, and may cause our stock price to decline. The 
difficulties of integrating an acquisition include, among others: 

issues in integrating information, communications, and other systems;
incompatibility of logistics, marketing, and administration methods;

• 
• 
•  maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees;
• 
• 
• 
• 

integrating the business cultures of both companies;
preserving important strategic client relationships;
consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures, and eliminating duplicative operations; and
coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations. 

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of the 
acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within 
the anticipated time frame, or at all. 

Further, acquisitions may cause us to: 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage;
use a substantial portion of our cash resources;
increase  our  interest  expense,  leverage,  and  debt  service  requirements  (if  we  incur  additional  debt  to  fund  an 
acquisition);
assume liabilities, including environmental liabilities, for which we do not have indemnification from the former 
owners. Further, indemnification obligations may be subject to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness of 
the former owners;
record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing and potential impairment 
charges;
experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability 
estimates; 
incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;
lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues;
incur large and immediate write-offs; or
become subject to litigation. 

Finally, acquired companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue from the U.S. federal government and do not 
follow the same cost accounting policies and billing practices that we follow may be subject to larger cost disallowances for greater 
periods than we typically encounter. If we fail to determine the existence of unallowable costs and do not establish appropriate 
reserves at acquisition, we may be exposed to material unanticipated liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, then our profits may be significantly reduced. 

Because we have historically acquired a significant number of companies, goodwill and intangible assets represent a 
substantial portion of our assets. As of September 29, 2019, our goodwill was $924.8 million and other intangible assets were $16.4 
million. We are required to perform a goodwill impairment test for potential impairment at least on an annual basis. We also assess 
the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indications of impairment are present based on expected 
future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. The goodwill impairment 
test  requires  us  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  which  are  the  components  one  level  below  our  reportable 
segments. In determining fair value, we make significant judgments and estimates, including assumptions about our strategic plans 
with regard to our operations. We also analyze current economic indicators and market valuations to help determine fair value. To 
the extent economic conditions that would impact the future operations of our reporting units change, our goodwill may be deemed 
to be impaired, and we would be required to record a non-cash charge that could result in a material adverse effect on our financial 
position or results of operations. For example, we had goodwill impairment of $7.8 million in fiscal 2019.  We had no goodwill 
impairment in fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2018. 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws. 

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 prohibits 
both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. In addition, an organization that 

20 

“fails  to  prevent  bribery”  by  anyone  associated  with  the  organization  can  be  charged  under  the  U.K.  Bribery Act  unless  the 
organization can establish the defense of having implemented “adequate procedures” to prevent bribery. Improper payments are also 
prohibited under the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and the Brazilian Clean Companies Act. Local business 
practices in many countries outside the United States create a greater risk of government corruption than that found in the United 
States and other more developed countries. Our policies mandate compliance with anti-bribery laws, and we have established 
policies and procedures designed to monitor compliance with anti-bribery law requirements; however, we cannot ensure that our 
policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we 
are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could 
have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with domestic and international export laws. 

To the extent we export technical services, data and products outside of the United States, we are subject to U.S. and 
international laws and regulations governing international trade and exports, including but not limited to the International Traffic in 
Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Regulations, and trade sanctions against embargoed countries. A failure to comply 
with these laws and regulations could result in civil or criminal sanctions, including the imposition of fines, the denial of export 
privileges, and suspension or debarment from participation in U.S. government contracts, which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business. 

If we fail to complete a project in a timely manner, miss a required performance standard, or otherwise fail to adequately 
perform on a project, then we may incur a loss on that project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. 

Our engagements often involve large-scale, complex projects. The quality of our performance on such projects depends in 
large part upon our ability to manage the relationship with our clients and our ability to effectively manage the project and deploy 
appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. We may commit to a client that 
we  will complete a project by a  scheduled date. We may  also commit that a project, when completed,  will achieve specified 
performance standards. If the project is not completed by the scheduled date or fails to meet required performance standards, we 
may either incur significant additional costs or be held responsible for the costs incurred by the client to rectify damages due to late 
completion  or  failure  to  achieve  the  required  performance  standards.  The  uncertainty  of  the  timing  of  a  project  can  present 
difficulties in planning the amount of personnel needed for the project. If the project is delayed or canceled, we may bear the cost of 
an underutilized workforce that was dedicated to fulfilling the project. In addition, performance of projects can be affected by a 
number of factors beyond our control, including unavoidable delays from government inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain 
financing, weather conditions, unavailability of vendor materials, changes in the project scope of services requested by our clients, 
industrial accidents, environmental hazards, and labor disruptions. To the extent these events occur, the total costs of the project 
could exceed our estimates, and we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce 
or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any defects or errors, or failures to meet our clients’ expectations, could result in 
claims for damages against  us. Failure to  meet performance standards or complete performance  on a  timely basis  could also 
adversely affect our reputation. 

The loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to provide 
services to our clients and otherwise conduct our business effectively. 

As primarily a professional and technical services company, we are labor-intensive and, therefore, our ability to attract, 
retain, and expand our senior management and our professional and technical staff is an important factor in determining our future 
success. The market for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive and, from time to time, it may be difficult to attract and 
retain qualified individuals with the required expertise within the timeframe demanded by our clients. For example, some of our 
U.S. government contracts may require us to employ only individuals who have particular government security clearance levels. In 
addition, we rely heavily upon the expertise and leadership of our senior management. If we are unable to retain executives and 
other key personnel, the roles and responsibilities of those employees will need to be filled, which may require that we devote time 
and resources to identify, hire, and integrate new employees. With limited exceptions, we do not have employment agreements with 
any of our key personnel. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could adversely affect our business. Although we 
have obtained non-compete agreements from certain principals and stockholders of companies we have acquired, we generally do 
not have non-compete or employment agreements with key employees who were once equity holders of these companies. Further, 
many of our non-compete agreements have expired. We do not maintain key-man life insurance policies on any of our executive 
officers or senior managers. Our failure to attract and retain key individuals could impair our ability to provide services to our clients 
and conduct our business effectively. 

21 

Our  revenue  and  growth  prospects  may  be  harmed  if  we or  our  employees  are  unable  to obtain  government  granted 
eligibility or other qualifications we and they need to perform services for our customers. 

A number of government programs require contractors to have certain kinds of government granted eligibility, such as 
security clearance credentials. Depending on the project, eligibility can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our 
employees are  unable to obtain or  retain the necessary eligibility,  we  may not be able to  win  new business, and our existing 
customers could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the 
required security clearances for our employees working on a particular contract, we may not derive the revenue or profit anticipated 
from such contract. 

Our  actual business and financial results could differ from the estimates and assumptions  that we  use to prepare  our 
consolidated financial statements, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

To prepare consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States of America ("GAAP"), management is required to make estimates and assumptions as of the date of the consolidated financial 
statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as  well as 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. For example, we typically recognize revenue over the life of a contract based on the 
proportion of costs incurred to date compared to the total costs estimated to be incurred for the entire project. Areas requiring 
significant estimates by our management include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the application of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting and revenue recognition on contracts, change 
orders, and contract claims, including related unbilled accounts receivable;
unbilled accounts receivable, including amounts related to requests for equitable adjustment to contracts that provide 
for price redetermination, primarily with the U.S. federal government. These amounts are recorded only when they can 
be reliably estimated, and realization is probable;  
provisions for uncollectible receivables, client claims, and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, vendors, and 
others;
provisions  for  income  taxes,  research  and  development  tax  credits,  valuation  allowances,  and  unrecognized  tax 
benefits;
value of goodwill and recoverability of intangible assets;
valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations;
valuation of contingent earn-out liabilities recorded in connection with business combinations;  
valuation of employee benefit plans; 
valuation of stock-based compensation expense; and
accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ from those estimates, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our 

profits. 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce. 

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. The rate 

at which we utilize our workforce is affected by a number of factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

our ability to transition  employees  from completed projects to new assignments and to  hire and assimilate  new 
employees;
our  ability  to  forecast  demand  for  our  services  and  thereby  maintain  an  appropriate  headcount  in  each  of  our 
geographies and operating units;
our ability to manage attrition;
our need to devote time and resources to training, business development, professional development, and other non-
chargeable activities; and 
our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of the marketplace. 

If we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which could impact employee attrition. If we 

under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer. 

Our use of the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition could result in a reduction or reversal of previously 
recorded revenue and profits. 

22 

We account for most of our contracts on the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition. Generally, our use of 
this method results in recognition of revenue and profit ratably over the life of the contract, based on the proportion of costs incurred 
to date to total costs expected to be incurred for the entire project. The effects of revisions to estimated revenue and costs, including 
the achievement of award fees and the impact of change orders and claims, are recorded when the amounts are known and can be 
reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur in any period and their effects could be material. Although we have historically 
made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion of long-term contracts, the uncertainties inherent in the 
estimating process make it possible for actual costs to vary materially from estimates, including reductions or reversals of previously 
recorded revenue and profit. 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. Specifically, our fixed-price contracts could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings. 

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins and profitability. We generally enter into three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials 
and cost-plus. 

The U.S. federal government and certain other clients have increased the use of fixed-priced contracts. Under fixed-price 
contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number of risks. 
We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost over-runs on our contracts. Fixed-price 
contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about future economic 
conditions, costs, and availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. We could experience cost over-runs if 
these estimates are originally inaccurate as a result of errors or ambiguities in the contract specifications, or become inaccurate as a 
result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, among other things, unanticipated technical 
problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, changes in the 
costs of raw materials, or the inability of our vendors or subcontractors to perform. If cost overruns occur, we could experience 
reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If a project is significant, or if there are one or more common issues that 
impact multiple projects, costs overruns could increase the unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have a material adverse 
impact on our business and earnings. 

Under our time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and paid for other expenses. 
Profitability on these contracts is driven by billable headcount and cost control. Many of our time-and-materials contracts are subject 
to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue relating to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were fixed-price 
contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to contract ceiling amounts, we are reimbursed for allowable 
costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable under the 
provisions of the contract or any applicable regulations, we may not be able to obtain reimbursement for all of the costs we incur. 

Profitability on our contracts is driven by billable headcount and our ability to manage our subcontractors, vendors, and 
material suppliers. If we are unable to accurately estimate and manage our costs, we may incur losses on our contracts, which could 
decrease our operating margins and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. Certain of our contracts require us to satisfy 
specific design, engineering, procurement, or construction  milestones in order to  receive  payment  for the  work completed or 
equipment or supplies procured prior to achievement of the applicable milestone. As a result, under these types of arrangements, we 
may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If a client determines not to 
proceed with the completion of the project or if the client defaults on its payment obligations, we may face difficulties in collecting 
payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred or for the amounts previously expended to purchase equipment or 
supplies. 

Accounting for a contract requires judgments relative to assessing the contract’s estimated risks, revenue, costs, and other 
technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of overall risk, revenue, and cost at completion 
is complicated and subject to many variables. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances, or estimates may also adversely 
affect future period financial performance. If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall revenue or costs on a contract, then we 
may experience a lower profit or incur a loss on the contract. 

Our failure to adequately recover on claims brought by us against clients for additional contract costs could have a negative 
impact on our liquidity and profitability. 

We have brought claims against clients for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in the 
original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as client-caused delays or changes from the initial project 
scope, both of  which  may result in additional cost.  Often, these claims can  be the  subject  of lengthy arbitration or litigation 

23 

proceedings, and it is difficult to accurately predict when these claims will be fully resolved. When these types of events occur and 
unresolved claims are pending, we have used working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the resolution of the 
relevant  claims.  A  failure  to  promptly  recover  on  these  types  of  claims  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  liquidity  and 
profitability. Total accounts receivable at September 29, 2019 included approximately $15 million related to such claims. 

Our failure to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector clients could adversely affect 
our profitability. 

Our business depends on our ability to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector 
clients. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which is 
affected by a number of factors. These factors include market conditions, financing arrangements, and required governmental 
approvals. For example, a client may require us to provide a bond or letter of credit to protect the client should we fail to perform 
under the terms of the contract. If negative market conditions arise, or if we fail to secure adequate financial arrangements or the 
required government approval, we may not be able to pursue certain projects, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

If we are not able to successfully manage our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely 
affected. 

Our expected future growth presents numerous managerial, administrative, operational, and other challenges. Our ability to 
manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and our other 
internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate, and retain both our 
management and professional employees. The inability to effectively manage our growth or the inability of our employees to 
achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our backlog is subject to cancellation, unexpected adjustments and changing economic conditions, and is an uncertain 
indicator of future operating results. 

Our backlog at September 29, 2019 was $3.1 billion, an increase of $428.0 million, or 16.1%, compared to the end of fiscal 
2018. We include in backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorizations have been received. 
We cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In addition, 
project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur, from time to time, with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. For 
example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are terminable at the discretion of the client, 
with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our revenue and margins. As a result of these 
factors, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

Cyber security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate. 

We develop, install and maintain information technology systems for ourselves, as well as for customers. Client contracts 
for the performance of information technology services, as well as various privacy and securities laws, require us to manage and 
protect sensitive and confidential information, including federal and other government information, from disclosure. We also need to 
protect our own internal trade secrets and other business confidential information, as well as personal data of our employees and 
contractors, from disclosure. For example, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in 
May 2018, extends the scope of the European Union data protection laws to all companies processing data of European Union 
residents, regardless of the company's location. In addition, the California Consumer Privacy Act takes effect in January 2020, 
increasing the penalties for data privacy incidents. We face the threat to our computer systems of unauthorized access, computer 
hackers, computer viruses, malicious code, organized cyber-attacks and other security problems and system disruptions, including 
possible unauthorized access to our and our clients' proprietary or classified information. We rely on industry-accepted security 
measures and technology to securely maintain all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. In the 
ordinary course of business, we have been targeted by malicious cyber-attacks. We have devoted and will continue to devote 
significant  resources  to  the  security  of  our  computer  systems,  but  they  may  still  be  vulnerable  to  these  threats. A  user  who 
circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information, including information regarding us, our 
personnel and/or our clients, or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we  may be required to expend 
significant resources to protect against the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused 
by these disruptions and breaches. We also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our critical 
accounting, project management and financial information systems. We depend on our software and information technology vendors 
to provide long-term software and hardware support for our information systems. Our software and information technology vendors 
may  decide  to  discontinue  further  development,  integration  or  long-term  software  and  hardware  support  for  our  information 
systems, in which case we may need to abandon one or more of our current information systems and migrate some or all of our 
accounting, project management and financial information to other systems, thus increasing our operational expense, as well as 

24 

disrupting the management of our business operations. Any of these events could damage our reputation and have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

If our business partners fail to perform their contractual obligations on a project, we could be exposed to legal liability, loss 
of reputation and profit reduction or loss on the project. 

We  routinely  enter  into  subcontracts  and,  occasionally,  joint  ventures,  teaming  arrangements,  and  other  contractual 
arrangements so that we can jointly bid and perform on a particular project. Success under these arrangements depends in large part 
on whether our business partners fulfill their contractual obligations satisfactorily. In addition, when we operate through a joint 
venture in which we are a minority holder, we have limited control over many project decisions, including decisions related to the 
joint  venture’s  internal  controls,  which  may  not  be  subject  to  the  same  internal  control  procedures  that  we  employ.  If  these 
unaffiliated third parties do not fulfill their contract obligations, the partnerships or joint ventures may be unable to adequately 
perform and deliver their contracted services. Under these circumstances, we may be obligated to pay financial penalties, provide 
additional services to ensure the adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services, and may be jointly and severally 
liable for the other’s actions or contract performance. These additional obligations could result in reduced profits and revenues or, in 
some cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture, which could also affect our reputation in the industries we 
serve. 

If our contractors and subcontractors fail to satisfy their obligations to us or other parties, or if we are unable to maintain 
these relationships, our revenue, profitability, and growth prospects could be adversely affected. 

We depend on contractors and subcontractors in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes with 
our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, client 
concerns about the subcontractor, or our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract. In 
addition, if a subcontractor fails to deliver on a timely basis the agreed-upon supplies, fails to perform the agreed-upon services, or 
goes out of business, then we may be required to purchase the services or supplies from another source at a higher price, and our 
ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss 
on a project for which the services or supplies are needed. 

We also rely on relationships  with other contractors when we act as their subcontractor or joint venture partner. The 
absence of qualified subcontractors with which we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of our service 
and our ability to perform under some of our contracts. Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely affected if other 
contractors  eliminate  or  reduce  their  subcontracts  or  teaming  arrangement  relationships  with  us,  or  if  a  government  agency 
terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to pay under a contract. 

Our failure to meet contractual schedule or performance requirements that we have guaranteed could adversely affect our 
operating results.

In certain circumstances, we can incur liquidated or other damages if we do not achieve project completion by a scheduled 
date. If we or an entity for which we have provided a guarantee subsequently fails to complete the project as scheduled and the 
matter cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the client, we may be responsible for cost impacts to the client resulting from any delay 
or the cost to complete the project. Our costs generally increase from schedule delays and/or could exceed our projections for a 
particular project. In addition, project performance can be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including unavoidable 
delays from governmental inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather conditions, unavailability of vendor 
materials, changes in the project scope of services requested by our clients, industrial accidents, environmental hazards, labor 
disruptions and other factors. As a result, material performance problems for existing and future contracts could cause actual results 
of operations to differ from those anticipated by us and could cause us to suffer damage to our reputation within our industry and 
client base. 

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results.

Our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  passage  of  climate  change,  defense, 
environmental, infrastructure and other legislation, policies and regulations. Growing concerns about climate change may result in 
the  imposition  of  additional  environmental  regulations.  For  example,  legislation,  international  protocols,  regulation  or  other 
restrictions on emissions could increase the costs of projects for our clients or, in some cases, prevent a project from going forward, 
thereby potentially reducing the need for our services. In addition, relaxation or repeal of laws and regulations, or changes in 
governmental policies regarding environmental, defense, infrastructure or other industries we serve could result in a decline in 
demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenues. We cannot predict when or whether any of these 
various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers. 

25 

Changes in resource management, environmental, or infrastructure industry laws, regulations, and programs could directly 
or indirectly reduce the demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Some  of our services are  directly or indirectly impacted by changes in U.S. federal, state, local or foreign laws and 
regulations pertaining to the resource management, environmental, and infrastructure industries. Accordingly, a relaxation or repeal 
of these laws and regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation or enforcement of these 
programs, could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Changes in capital markets could adversely affect our access to capital and negatively impact our business. 

Our results could be adversely affected by an inability to access the revolving credit facility under our credit agreement. 
Unfavorable financial or economic conditions could impact certain lenders' willingness or ability to fund our revolving credit 
facility. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest rate environment, 
significant political or economic events, defaults of significant issuers, and other market and economic factors, may negatively 
impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of certain categories of borrowers, the types of credit-sensitive 
products being offered, and/or a sustained period of market decline or weakness could have a material adverse effect on us. 

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue certain business strategies. 

Our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability to, among other things: 

incur additional indebtedness;
create liens securing debt or other encumbrances on our assets;

• 
• 
•  make loans or advances;
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders;
purchase or redeem our stock;
repay indebtedness that is junior to indebtedness under our credit agreement;
acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies; and
sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of assets. 

Our credit agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios, which we may not be able to achieve. The 
covenants may impair our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other favorable business activities. 

Our industry is highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete effectively, which could result in reduced revenue, 
profitability and market share. 

We are engaged in a highly competitive business. The markets we serve are highly fragmented and we compete with many 
regional, national and international companies. Certain of these competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do. 
Others  are  smaller  and  more  specialized  and  concentrate  their  resources  in  particular  areas  of  expertise.  The  extent  of  our 
competition varies according to certain markets and geographic area. In addition, the technical and professional aspects of some of 
our services generally do not require large upfront capital expenditures and provide limited barriers against new competitors. The 
degree and type of competition we face is also influenced by the type and scope of a particular project. Our clients make competitive 
determinations based upon qualifications, experience, performance, reputation, technology, customer relationships and ability to 
provide the relevant services in a timely, safe and cost-efficient manner. This competitive environment could force us to make price 
concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable to maintain our competitiveness and win bids for future 
projects, our market share, revenue, and profits will decline. 

Legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes could result in substantial monetary penalties and damages, especially if such 
penalties and damages exceed or are excluded from existing insurance coverage. 

We  engage  in  consulting,  engineering,  program  management,  construction  management,  construction,  and  technical 
services that can result in substantial injury or damages that may expose us to legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes. For 
example, in the ordinary course of our business, we may be involved in legal disputes regarding personal injury claims, employee or 
labor  disputes,  professional  liability  claims,  and  general  commercial  disputes  involving  project  cost  overruns  and  liquidated 
damages, as well as other claims. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we frequently make professional judgments and 
recommendations about environmental and engineering conditions of project sites for our clients, and we may be deemed to be 
responsible for these judgments and recommendations if they are later determined to be inaccurate. Any unfavorable legal ruling 
against us could result in substantial monetary damages or even criminal violations. We maintain insurance coverage as part of our 

26 

overall legal and risk management strategy to minimize our potential liabilities; however, insurance coverage contains exclusions 
and other limitations that may not cover our potential liabilities. Generally, our insurance program covers workers’ compensation 
and employer’s liability, general liability, automobile liability, professional errors and omissions liability, property, and contractor’s 
pollution liability (in addition to other policies for specific projects). Our insurance program includes deductibles or self-insured 
retentions for each covered claim that may increase over time. In addition, our insurance policies contain exclusions that insurance 
providers may use to deny or restrict coverage. Excess liability and professional liability insurance policies provide for coverage on 
a “claims-made” basis, covering only claims actually made and reported during the policy period currently in effect. If we sustain 
liabilities that exceed or that are excluded from our insurance coverage, or for which we are not insured, it could have a material 
adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Unavailability or cancellation of third-party insurance coverage would increase our overall risk exposure as well as disrupt 
the management of our business operations. 

We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management strategy and because 
some of our contracts require us to maintain specific insurance coverage limits. If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly 
cancel our coverage, or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure and our 
operational expenses would increase, and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, there can be 
no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage period or that future 
coverage will be affordable at the required limits. 

Our inability to obtain adequate bonding could have a material adverse effect on our future revenue and business prospects. 

Certain clients require bid bonds, and performance and payment bonds. These bonds indemnify the client should we fail to 
perform our obligations under a contract. If a bond is required for a certain project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate bond, 
we cannot pursue that project. In some instances, we are required to co-venture with a small or disadvantaged business to pursue 
certain U.S. federal or state government contracts. In connection with these ventures, we are sometimes required to utilize our 
bonding capacity to cover all of the payment and performance obligations under the contract with the client. We have a bonding 
facility but, as is typically the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, due to 
events that can negatively affect the insurance and bonding markets, bonding may be more difficult to obtain or may only be 
available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available to us on reasonable terms. 
Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material adverse effect on our future 
revenue and business prospects. 

Employee, agent, or partner misconduct, or our failure to comply with anti-bribery and other laws or regulations, could 
harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

Misconduct, fraud, non-compliance  with applicable  laws and regulations, or  other  improper activities by  one  of our 
employees, agents, or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could 
include  the  failure  to  comply  with  government  procurement  regulations,  regulations  regarding  the  protection  of  classified 
information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and other 
costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls over 
financial reporting, environmental laws, and any other applicable laws or regulations. For example, as previously noted, the FCPA 
and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these 
regulations and laws, and we take precautions to prevent and detect misconduct. However, since our internal controls are subject to 
inherent  limitations,  including  human  error,  it  is  possible  that  these  controls  could  be  intentionally  circumvented  or  become 
inadequate because of changed conditions. As a result, we cannot assure that our controls will protect us from reckless or criminal 
acts committed by our employees or agents. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or acts of misconduct could 
subject us to fines and penalties, loss of security clearances, and suspension or debarment from contracting, any or all of which 
could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

Our business activities may require our employees to travel to and work in countries where there are high security risks, 
which may result in employee death or injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs. 

Certain of our contracts may require our employees travel to and work in high-risk countries that are undergoing political, 
social, and economic upheavals resulting from war, civil unrest, criminal activity, acts of terrorism, or public health crises. For 
example, we currently have employees working in high security risk countries such as Afghanistan and Iraq. As a result, we risk loss 
of or injury to our employees and may be subject to costs related to employee death or injury, repatriation, or other unforeseen 
circumstances. We may choose or be forced to leave a country with little or no warning due to physical security risks. 

27 

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial 
condition. 

Our project sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, 
chemical and manufacturing processes, and highly regulated materials. On some project sites, we may be responsible for safety, and, 
accordingly, we have an obligation to implement effective safety procedures. Our safety program is a fundamental element of our 
overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings with our 
clients. We maintain an enterprise-wide group of health and safety professionals to help ensure that the services we provide are 
delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the potential to 
increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that are fundamentally 
unacceptable, and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are monitored by various 
agencies, including the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”), and rating bureaus, and may be evaluated by 
certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. Our failure to meet these requirements 
or our failure to properly implement and comply with our safety program could result in reduced profitability, the loss of projects or 
clients, or potential litigation, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition. 

We may be precluded from providing certain services due to conflict of interest issues. 

Many of our clients are concerned about potential or actual conflicts of interest in retaining management consultants. U.S. 
federal government agencies have formal policies against continuing or awarding contracts that would create actual or potential 
conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies, among other things, may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing government contracts resulting from or relating to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed for a 
commercial or government client may create a conflict of interest that precludes or limits our ability to obtain work from other 
public or private organizations. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on projects due to conflict of interest issues. 

If our reports and opinions are not in compliance with professional standards and other regulations, we could be subject to 
monetary damages and penalties. 

We issue reports and opinions to clients based on our professional engineering expertise, as well as our other professional 
credentials. Our reports and opinions may need to comply with professional standards, licensing requirements, securities regulations, 
and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction in which the services are performed. 
In addition, we could be liable to third parties who use or rely upon our reports or opinions even if we are not contractually bound to 
those third parties. For example, if we deliver an inaccurate report or one that is not in compliance with the relevant standards, and 
that report is  made  available  to  a third party,  we could be  subject  to third-party liability, resulting in  monetary damages and 
penalties. 

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations. 

Our services are subject to numerous U.S. and international environmental protection laws and regulations that are complex 
and stringent. For example, we must comply with a number of U.S. federal government laws that strictly regulate the handling, 
removal, treatment, transportation, and disposal of toxic and hazardous substances. Under the Comprehensive Environmental 
Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we may be required to 
investigate and remediate regulated hazardous materials. CERCLA and comparable state laws typically impose strict, joint and 
several liabilities without regard to whether a company knew of or caused the release of hazardous substances. The liability for the 
entire cost of clean-up could be imposed upon any responsible party. Other principal U.S. federal environmental, health, and safety 
laws affecting us include, but are not limited to, the Resource Conversation and Recovery Act, National Environmental Policy Act, 
the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (the “Mine Act”), the 
Toxic Substances Control Act, and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act. Our business operations may also be 
subject to similar state and international laws relating to environmental protection. Further, past business practices at companies that 
we have acquired may also expose us to future unknown environmental liabilities. Liabilities related to environmental contamination 
or human exposure to hazardous substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, 
including clean-up costs, fines, civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury or cessation 
of remediation activities. Our continuing  work in the  areas governed by these  laws and regulations exposes us to the  risk of 
substantial liability. 

Force majeure events, including natural disasters and terrorist actions, could negatively impact the economies in which we 
operate or disrupt our operations, which may affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

28 

Force  majeure  or  extraordinary  events  beyond  the  control  of  the  contracting  parties,  such  as  natural  and  man-made 
disasters, as well as terrorist actions, could negatively impact the economies in which we operate by causing the closure of offices, 
interrupting projects, and forcing the relocation of employees. We typically remain obligated to perform our services after a terrorist 
action or natural disaster unless the contract contains a force majeure clause that relieves us of our contractual obligations in such an 
extraordinary event. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure, our operations may be affected significantly, which would 
have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and our failure to protect our intellectual property 
rights could adversely affect our competitive position. 

We  rely  upon  a  combination  of  nondisclosure  agreements  and  other  contractual  arrangements,  as  well  as  copyright, 
trademark, patent and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary information. We also enter into proprietary information and 
intellectual property agreements with employees, which require them to disclose any inventions created during employment, to 
convey such rights to inventions to us, and to restrict any disclosure of proprietary information. Trade secrets are generally difficult 
to protect. Although our employees are subject to confidentiality obligations, this protection may be inadequate to deter or prevent 
misappropriation of our confidential information and/or the infringement of our patents and copyrights. Further, we may be unable 
to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or otherwise take appropriate steps to enforce our rights. Failure to adequately 
protect, maintain, or enforce our intellectual property rights may adversely limit our competitive position. 

Assertions by third parties of infringement, misappropriation or other violations by us of their intellectual property rights 
could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business, financial condition and operating results. 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights in technology industries. We may 
face from time to time, allegations that we or a supplier or customer have violated the rights of third parties, including patent, 
trademark, and other intellectual property rights. If, with respect to any claim against us for violation of third-party intellectual 
property rights, we are unable to prevail in the litigation or retain or obtain sufficient rights or develop non-infringing intellectual 
property or otherwise alter our business practices on a timely or cost-efficient basis, our business, financial condition or results of 
operations may be adversely affected.

Any infringement, misappropriation or related claims, whether or not meritorious, are time consuming, divert technical and 
management  personnel,  and  are  costly  to  resolve. As  a  result  of  any  such  dispute,  we  may  have  to  develop  non-infringing 
technology, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease utilizing products or services, or take other actions to 
resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us. 

Our stock price could become more volatile and stockholders’ investments could lose value. 

In addition to the macroeconomic factors that have affected the prices of many securities generally, all of the factors 
discussed in this section could affect our stock price. Our common stock has previously experienced substantial price volatility. In 
addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many 
companies, and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. The overall market and the price of 
our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, 
including quarter-to-quarter variations in our financial results, such as revenue, profits, days sales outstanding, backlog, and other 
measures of financial performance or financial condition (which factors may, themselves, be affected by the factors described 
below): 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

loss of key employees;
the number and significance of client contracts commenced and completed during a quarter;
creditworthiness and solvency of clients;
the ability of our clients to terminate contracts without penalties;
general economic or political conditions;
unanticipated changes in contract performance that may affect profitability, particularly with contracts that are fixed-
price or have funding limits;
contract negotiations on change orders, requests for equitable adjustment, and collections of related billed and unbilled 
accounts receivable;
seasonality of the spending cycle of our public sector clients, notably the U.S. federal government, the spending 
patterns of our commercial sector clients, and weather conditions;
budget constraints experienced by our U.S. federal, and state and local government clients;
integration of acquired companies;
changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-outs; 

29 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

divestiture or discontinuance of operating units;
employee hiring, utilization and turnover rates;
delays incurred in connection with a contract;
the size, scope and payment terms of contracts;
the timing of expenses incurred for corporate initiatives;
reductions in the prices of services offered by our competitors;
threatened or pending litigation;
legislative and regulatory enforcement policy changes that may affect demand for our services; 
the impairment of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets; 
the fluctuation of a foreign currency exchange rate; 
stock-based compensation expense;
actual events, circumstances, outcomes, and amounts differing from judgments, assumptions, and estimates used in 
determining the value of certain assets (including the amounts of related valuation allowances), liabilities, and other 
items reflected in our consolidated financial statements;
success in executing our strategy and operating plans;
changes in tax laws or regulations or accounting rules; 
results of income tax examinations; 
the timing of announcements in the public markets regarding new services or potential problems with the performance 
of services by us or our competitors, or any other material announcements;
speculation in the media and analyst community, changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by financial 
analysts, changes in investors’ or analysts’ valuation measures for our stock, and market trends unrelated to our stock;
our announcements concerning the payment of dividends or the repurchase of our shares;
resolution of threatened or pending litigation;
changes in investors’ and analysts’ perceptions of our business or any of our competitors’ businesses;
changes in environmental legislation;
broader market fluctuations; and
general economic or political conditions. 

A significant drop in the price of our stock could expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits, which could result 
in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business. Additionally, 
volatility or a lack of positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, many of 
whom are awarded equity securities, the value of which is dependent on the performance of our stock price. 

Delaware law and our charter documents may impede or discourage a merger, takeover, or other business combination even 
if the business combination would have been in the short-term best interests of our stockholders. 

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law impose various impediments to the ability 
of a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, our Board of 
Directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to designate the terms of one or more series of preferred stock and issue 
shares of preferred stock, which could be used defensively if a takeover is threatened. Our incorporation under Delaware law, the 
ability of our Board of Directors to create and issue a new series of preferred stock, and provisions in our certificate of incorporation 
and bylaws, such as those relating to advance notice of certain stockholder proposals and nominations, could impede a merger, 
takeover, or other business combination involving us, or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our common 
stock, even if the business combination would have been in the best interests of our current stockholders. 

Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.    Properties 

At fiscal 2019 year-end, we owned two facilities located in the United States and leased approximately 450 operating 
facilities in domestic and foreign locations. Our significant lease agreements expire at various dates through 2029. We believe that 
our current facilities are adequate for the operation of our business, and that suitable additional space in various local markets is 
available to accommodate any needs that may arise. 

30 

The following table summarizes our ten most significant leased properties by location based on annual rental expenses 

(listed alphabetically, except for our corporate headquarters): 

Location 

Description 

Reportable Segment 

Pasadena, CA 

Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 

Arlington, VA 

Irvine, CA 

London, United Kingdom 

New York, NY 

Pittsburgh, PA 

San Francisco, CA 

Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 

Vancouver, BC, Canada 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings 

Corporate Headquarters

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Corporate 

CIG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG 

CIG 

CIG 

For a description of our material pending legal and regulatory proceedings and settlements, see Note 18, "Commitments 

and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures 

Section 1503 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street  Reform and Consumer  Protection Act (the  "Dodd-Frank Act") requires 
domestic mine operators to disclose violations and orders issued under the Mine Act by MSHA. We do not act as the owner of any 
mines, but we may act as a mining operator as defined under the Mine Act where we may be an independent contractor performing 
services or construction at  such  mine. Information concerning  mine  safety  violations or  other regulatory  matters  required by 
Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95. 

31 

PART II 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol TTEK. There were approximately 

1,300 stockholders of record at September 29, 2019. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

For information regarding our stock-based compensation, see Note 12, "Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation 

Plans" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of our cumulative total returns with those of the NASDAQ Market Index, the 
Standard & Poor's ("S&P") 1000 Index, and the S&P 1500 Construction and Engineering ("C&E") Index. Starting in fiscal 2020, we 
plan to remove the S&P 1500 C&E Index, as companies in this index are no longer representative of our peer group. At this time, we 
do not have a comparable peer group due to the combination of our differentiated high-end consulting services and our end-markets. 
Thus, we have selected the S&P 1000 Index. The graph assumes that the value of an investment in our common stock and in each 
such index was $100 on September 28, 2014, and that all dividends have been reinvested. During fiscal 2019, we declared and paid 
dividends in the first and second quarters totaling $0.24 per share ($0.12 each quarter) on our common stock and paid dividends in 
the third and fourth quarters totaling $0.30 per share ($0.15 each quarter) on our common stock. We declared and paid dividends 
totaling $0.44, $0.38, $0.34, $0.30 and $0.14 per share in fiscal 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We did not pay any 
dividends prior to fiscal 2014. The comparison in the graph below is based on historical data and is not intended to forecast the 
possible future performance of our common stock. 

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2014 
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 2019 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 

NASDAQ Market Index 

S&P 1500 C&E Index 

S&P 1000 Index 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

$

100.00 $

100.02 $

144.04 $

190.72 $

282.12 $

353.75

100.00

100.00

100.00

105.06

80.80

102.46

120.60

97.40

117.25

149.17

109.31

139.06

186.71

120.17

160.89

186.28

112.91

152.60

The performance graph above and related text are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report on Form 10-K 
pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are not to be 

32 

incorporated by reference into any of our filings with the SEC, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any 
general incorporation language in such filing. 

Stock Repurchase Program 

On  November  5,  2018,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock. This was in addition to the $25 million remaining as of fiscal 2018 year-end 
under the previous stock repurchase program. 

In fiscal 2018, we repurchased through open market purchases under the previous program a total of 1,491,569 shares at an 
average price of $50.28 for a total cost of $75 million. In the first quarter of fiscal 2019, we expended the remaining $25 million 
under the previous program by repurchasing 430,559 shares through open market purchases at an average price of $58.06. In the 
second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2019, we repurchased through open market purchases under the new program a total of 
1,131,962 shares at an average price of $66.26 for a total cost of $75 million. 

A summary of the repurchase activity for the 12 months ended September 29, 2019 is as follows: 

Period 

October 1, 2018 - October 28, 2018 

October 29, 2018 - November 25, 2018 

November 26, 2018 - December 30, 2018 

December 31, 2018 - January 27, 2019 

January 28, 2019 - February 24, 2019 

February 25, 2019 - March 31, 2019 

April 1, 2019 - April 28, 2019 

April 29, 2019 - May 26, 2019 

May 27, 2019 - June 30, 2019 

July 1, 2019 - July 28, 2019 

July 29, 2019 - August 25, 2019 

August 26, 2019 - September 29, 2019 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share 

— $

85,938

344,621

128,657

145,703

174,695

116,650

126,356

132,908

84,725

104,722

117,546

—

65.97

56.09

52.23

54.76

58.97

61.20

66.47

71.19

83.25

79.25

82.07

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs 

Maximum 
Dollar Value 
that May Yet 
be Purchased 
Under the 
Plans or 
Programs (in 
thousands) 

— $

85,938

344,621

128,657

145,703

174,695

116,650

126,356

132,908

84,725

104,722

117,546

225,000

219,331

200,000

193,281

185,302

175,000

167,861

159,462

150,000

142,947

134,648

125,000

33 

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data 

The  following  selected  financial  data  was  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  selected 
financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in Item 7, "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto 
contained in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this report. 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

October 2, 
October 1, 
September 30,
 2018 
 2016 
 2017 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

September 27, 
2015 

Statements of Operations Data 

Revenue 

Income from operations 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Diluted net income attributable to 
Tetra Tech per share 

Cash dividends paid per share 

Balance Sheet Data 

Total assets 

$

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

2,753,360 $

2,583,469 $

2,299,321

188,762

158,668

2.84

0.54

190,086

136,883

2.42

0.44

183,342

117,874

2.04

0.38

135,855

83,783

1.42

0.34

87,684

39,074

0.64

0.30

$

2,147,408 $

1,959,421 $

1,902,745 $

1,800,779 $

1,559,242

Long-term debt, net of current portion

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity 

263,949

989,286

264,712

966,971

341,283

928,453

331,501

869,259

180,972

856,325

34 

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Part I of this 
report, as well as our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8. The following analysis contains forward-
looking statements about our future results of operations and expectations. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ 
materially  from  those  described  herein.  See  Part 1,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks,  assumptions,  and 
uncertainties affecting these statements. 

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS AND BUSINESS TRENDS 

General.  In fiscal 2019, our revenue increased 4.8% compared to fiscal 2018. The growth in our fiscal 2019 revenue was 
led by our U.S. state and local government and international businesses. The net contribution from acquisitions/divestitures and 
RCM did not significantly impact our overall revenue growth in fiscal 2019 compared to last year.

U.S. State and Local Government.  Our U.S. state and local government revenue increased 25.2% in fiscal 2019 compared 
to  last  year  as  we  continue  to  experience  an  increase  in  revenue  from  disaster  response  and  recovery  planning  activities.  
Additionally,  the  increase  includes  broad-based  growth  in  our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  project-related  infrastructure 
business, particularly with increased revenue from municipal water infrastructure work in the metropolitan areas of California, 
Texas, and Florida. We expect our U.S. state and local government business to continue to grow in fiscal 2020 excluding the disaster 
response activities.

U.S. Federal Government. Our U.S. federal government revenue decreased 3.4% in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. 
The decline primarily reflects disrupted activity due to the thirty-day partial U.S. government shutdown that commenced in late 
December 2018. During periods of economic volatility, our U.S. federal government clients have historically been the most stable 
and predictable. We anticipate revenue growth in U.S. federal government revenue in fiscal 2020; however, if there is another
prolonged U.S. federal government shutdown, our U.S. federal government business could be adversely impacted.

U.S. Commercial.  Our U.S. commercial revenue decreased 8.8% in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Our prior year 
revenue included $53.2 million from our non-core utility field services that were divested in fiscal 2018. Excluding the net impact of 
this  divestiture,  our  U.S.  commercial  business  declined  2.2%  compared  to  last  year.  The  decline  reflects  a  higher  level  of 
subcontractor activity in fiscal 2018. Also, excluding subcontractor activity, our revenue was approximately the same as fiscal 2018. 
We expect our U.S. commercial revenue to grow modestly in fiscal 2020, primarily due to increased activities for industrial water 
treatment, environmental programs, high-performance green buildings, and renewable energy.

International. Our international revenue increased 17.4% in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Excluding contributions 
from acquisitions, our revenue grew 8.9% compared to prior year. The revenue growth primarily reflects increased activity in 
Canada. Additionally, we experienced an improvement in our infrastructure work in Australia, New Zealand, and Asia-Pacific. We 
anticipate our total international revenue to continue to grow in fiscal 2020.

35 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Acquisition and integration expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Impairment of goodwill 

Income from operations 

Interest expense – net 

Income before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Diluted earnings per share 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

143,200

4.8% 

(717,711)

2,389,637

(763,414)

2,200,734

45,703

188,903

(1,981,454)

(1,816,276)

(165,178)

408,183

(200,230)

(10,351)

(1,085)

(7,755)

188,762

(13,626)

175,136

(16,375)

158,761

(93)

384,458

(190,120)

—

(4,252)

—

190,086

(15,524)

174,562

(37,605)

136,957

(74)

23,725

(10,110)

(10,351)

3,167

(7,755)

(1,324)

1,898

574

21,230

21,804

$

$

158,668 $

136,883 $

21,785

2.84 $

2.42 $

0.42

15.9 

17.4 

(19)

(25.7) 

6.0 

8.6 

(9.1) 

6.2 

(5.3) 

NM 

74.5 

NM 

(0.7) 

12.2 

0.3 

56.5 

15.9 

(1) We believe that the presentation of "Revenue, net of subcontractor costs", which is a non-GAAP financial measure, enhances investors' ability 
to analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of 
providing services, we routinely subcontract various services and, under certain USAID programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor 
costs and grants are passed through to our clients and, in accordance with GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is 
our contractual responsibility to procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to 
project  and period  to period,  changes  in  revenue  may  not necessarily  be  indicative  of  our business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate 
subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with 
external service providers.

NM = not meaningful 

36 

The following table reconciles our reported results to non-GAAP adjusted results, which exclude the RCM results and 
certain non-operating accounting-related adjustments, such as acquisition and transaction costs, gains/losses from adjustments to 
contingent consideration, and non-recurring tax benefits. Adjusted results also exclude charges from the disposal of our Canadian 
turn-key pipeline activities in fiscal 2019 and losses from the divestitures of our non-core utility field services operations and other 
non-core assets in fiscal 2018. The disposal in fiscal 2019 also resulted in a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge that is 
excluded from our adjusted results. Our fiscal 2019 adjusted results exclude a reduction of revenue and a corresponding charge to 
operating income of $13.7 million from a claim that was resolved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 for a remediation project, 
where the work was substantially performed in prior years. In addition, our fiscal 2018 adjusted results also exclude a reduction of 
revenue of $10.6 million and a related charge to operating income of $12.5 million from a claim settlement in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2018 for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments 
to earnings per share ("EPS") to arrive at adjusted EPS averaged 16% and 28% in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. The goodwill 
impairment charge and certain of the transaction charges in fiscal 2019 did not have a related tax benefit. Excluding these items, the 
effective tax rate applied to adjustments in fiscal 2019 was 26%. We applied the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the 
nature of the adjustments and tax jurisdiction in which they occur. Both EPS and adjusted EPS were calculated using diluted 
weighted-average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income. 

Revenue 

RCM 

Claims 

Adjusted revenue 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

RCM 

Claims 

Adjusted revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Earn-out expense 

RCM 

Claims 

Non-core dispositions 

Acquisition/Integration 

Adjusted income from operations 

EPS 

Earn-out expense 

RCM 

Claims 

Non-core dispositions 

Acquisition/Integration 

Non-recurring tax benefits 

Adjusted EPS 

NM = not meaningful 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

Change 

$ 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

143,200

1,542

13,700

(14,199)

10,576

15,741

3,124

3,122,590 $

2,960,525 $

162,065

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

143,200

(717,711)

(763,414)

45,703

2,389,637 $

2,200,734 $

188,903

2,785

13,700

(2,648)

10,576

5,433

3,124

2,406,122 $

2,208,662 $

197,460

188,762 $

190,086 $

3,085

5,933

13,700

18,701

10,351

5,753

4,573

12,457

3,434

—

240,532 $

216,303 $

2.84 $

2.42 $

0.04

0.08

0.18

0.28

0.19

0.08

0.06

0.16

0.11

—

(0.44)

3.17 $

(0.19)

2.64 $

(1,324)

(2,668)

1,360

1,243

15,267

10,351

24,229

0.42

(0.04)

0.02

0.02

0.17

0.19

(0.25)

0.53

% 
4.8% 

NM 

NM 

5.5 

4.8 

NM 

8.6 

NM 

NM 

8.9 

(0.7) 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

11.2 

17.4 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

20.1 

In fiscal 2019, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $143.2 million, or 4.8%, and $188.9 million, or 
8.6%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2018. Our adjusted revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $162.1 million, 
or 5.5%, and $197.5 million, or 8.9%, respectively, compared to last year. This growth includes contributions from the fiscal 2019 

37 

acquisitions of eGlobalTech ("EGT") and WYG plc ("WYG"), partially offset by the impact of the divestiture of our non-core utility 
field services operations in fiscal 2018.  Excluding the net impact from these transactions, our adjusted revenue and revenue, net of 
subcontractor costs, grew $144.2 million, or 5.0%, and $180.5 million, or 8.3%, in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. This growth 
primarily reflects continued growth in our U.S. state and local government water infrastructure revenue. In addition, our revenue 
from disaster response and recovery planning projects increased compared to last year. Our U.S. state and local government adjusted 
revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $132.3 million, or 28.8%, and $90.7 million, or 27.1%, respectively, in 
fiscal 2019 compared to last year. Additionally, in fiscal 2019, our international adjusted revenue, net of subcontractor costs, 
increased $98.6 million, or 16.3%, primarily due to increased activity in Canada. 

Our operating income decreased $1.3 million in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Our operating income in fiscal 2019 
was reduced by WYG-related acquisition and integration expenses of $10.4 million. For further detailed information regarding these 
expenses, see “Fiscal 2019 Acquisition and Integration Expenses” below. In addition, our operating income reflects losses of $1.1 
million and $4.3 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities and related compensation 
charges of $2.0 million and $1.5 million in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. These earn-out charges are described below under 
“Fiscal 2019 and 2018 Earn-Out Adjustments.” The loss from exited construction activities in our RCM segment was $5.9 million in 
fiscal  2019  compared  to  $4.6  million  last  year.  Our  RCM  results  are  described  below  under  "Remediation  and  Construction 
Management." Additionally, our operating income for fiscal 2019 includes charges of $10.9 million related to the planned disposal 
of our turn-key pipeline activities in Western Canada. This disposal also resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $7.8 
million in fiscal 2019. Both of these charges are described below under “Fiscal 2019 Impairment of Goodwill.” Our operating 
income in fiscal 2018, also includes losses of $3.4 million related to the divestitures of our non-core utility field services operations 
and other non-core assets. These losses are reported in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of 
income. 

Excluding these items and the aforementioned claims in fiscal 2019 and 2018, adjusted operating income increased $24.2 
million,  or  11.2%,  in  fiscal  2019  compared  to  fiscal  2018. The  increase  reflects  improved  results  in  both  our  GSG  and  CIG 
segments. GSG's operating income increased $17.1 million in fiscal 2019 compared to last year. These results are described below 
under "Government Services Group." CIG's operating income increased $5.2 million ($17.4 million on an adjusted basis) in fiscal 
2019 compared to fiscal 2018. These results are described below under "Commercial/International Services Group." 

Interest  expense,  net  of  interest  income,  was  $13.6  million  in  fiscal  2019,  compared  to $15.5  million  last  year. The 

decreases reflect reduced borrowings, partially offset by higher interest rates (primarily LIBOR). 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2019 and 2018 were 9.3% and 21.5%, respectively. Theses tax rates reflect the impact of 
the comprehensive tax legislation enacted by the U.S. government on December 22, 2017, which is commonly referred to as  the 
TCJA. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the U.S. corporate tax 
rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the deduction for domestic production activities, limiting the 
deductibility of certain executive compensation, and implementing a modified territorial tax system with the introduction of the 
Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income ("GILTI") tax rules. The TCJA also imposed a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation 
of historical earnings of foreign subsidiaries. In fiscal 2019, we finalized our fiscal 2018 U.S. federal tax return and recorded a $2.4 
million tax expense with respect to the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings. As we have a September 30 fiscal year-end, our 
U.S. federal corporate income tax rate was blended in fiscal 2018, resulting in a statutory federal rate of 24.5% (3 months at 35% 
and 9 months at 21%), and was 21% in fiscal 2019. 

U.S. GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the tax law was enacted.  As a 
result of the TCJA, we reduced our deferred tax liabilities and recorded a deferred tax benefit of $10.1 million in fiscal 2018 to 
reflect our estimate of temporary differences in the United States that were to be recovered or settled in fiscal 2018 based on the 
24.5% blended corporate tax rate or based on the 21% tax rate in fiscal 2019 and beyond versus the previous enacted 35% corporate 
tax rate. We finalized this analysis in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and recorded an additional deferred tax benefit of $2.6 million. 

Valuation allowances of $23.4 million in Australia were released due to sufficient positive evidence being obtained in fiscal 
2019. The valuation allowances were primarily related to net operating loss and Research and Development credit carry-forwards 
and other temporary differences. Excluding the net deferred tax benefits from the TCJA and the release of the valuation allowance, 
our effective tax rate was 21.9% in fiscal 2019 compared to 25.1% in fiscal 2018; the reduction is primarily due to the reduced U.S. 
corporate income tax rate. 

With respect to the GILTI provisions of the TCJA, we have analyzed our structure and global results of operations and 

expect to have a GILTI tax of $0.4 million for fiscal 2019, which was included in our fiscal 2019 income tax expense. 

38 

Our EPS was $2.84 in fiscal 2019, compared to $2.42 in fiscal 2018. On the same basis as our adjusted operating income 

and excluding non-recurring tax benefits, adjusted EPS was $3.17 in fiscal 2019, compared to $2.64 last year. 

Segment Results of Operations 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

$

$

1,820,671 $

1,694,871 $

125,800

(491,290)

(482,537)

(8,753)

1,329,381 $

1,212,334 $

117,047

7.4% 

(1.8) 

9.7 

185,263 $

168,211 $

17,052

10.1 

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $125.8  million,  or  7.4%,  and  $117.0  million,  or  9.7%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. These increases include contributions from the aforementioned acquisitions in 
fiscal 2019. Excluding these contributions, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 4.8% and 6.9%, respectively, 
in fiscal 2019 compared to last year. These increases reflect continued broad-based growth in our U.S. state and local government 
project-related infrastructure revenue. In addition, our revenue from disaster response and recovery planning projects increased 
compared to last year. Overall, our U.S. state and local government adjusted revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $136.7 
million and $85.7 million, respectively in fiscal 2019 compared to last year. Operating income increased $17.1 million in fiscal 2019 
compared to fiscal 2018, primarily reflecting the higher U.S. state and local revenue. Our operating margin, based on revenue, net of 
subcontractor costs, was stable at 13.9% in both fiscal 2019 and 2018. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

$

$

1,342,509 $

1,323,142 $

(279,468)

(337,390)

1,063,041 $

985,752 $

19,367

57,922

77,289

79,633 $

74,451 $

5,182

1.5% 

17.2 

7.8 

7.0 

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $19.4  million,  or  1.5%,  and  $77.3  million,  or  7.8%, 
respectively, in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Our fiscal 2019 results included a reduction of revenue and a corresponding 
non-cash charge to operating income of $13.7 million from a claim that was resolved in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 for a 
remediation project, where the work was substantially performed in prior years. Excluding this claim and the net impact of the 
aforementioned acquisitions/divestiture, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 4.0% and 10.3%, respectively, in 
fiscal 2019 compared to last year. These increases primarily reflect increased international revenue, particularly for broad-based 
activities in Canada and renewable energy projects globally. Operating income increased $5.2 million in fiscal 2019 compared to 
fiscal 2018 reflecting the higher revenue.  In addition to the aforementioned claim resolution, operating income in fiscal 2019 
included the previously described charges of $10.9 million related to the planned disposal of our  Canadian turn-key pipeline 
operations.  Operating income in fiscal 2018 included a $12.5 million charge for a claim settlement for a fixed-price construction 
project that was completed in fiscal 2014. Excluding these charges, our operating income increased $17.4 million in fiscal 2019 
compared to last year, and our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 9.8% in fiscal 2019 from 
8.8% last year. 

Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

39 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Loss from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

$

$

(1,542) $

(1,243)

(2,785) $

14,199 $

(15,741)

(11,551)

2,648 $

10,308

(5,433)

NM 

89.2 

NM 

(5,933) $

(4,573) $

(1,360)

(29.7) 

RCM's projects were substantially complete at the end of fiscal 2018. The operating loss of $5.9 million in fiscal 2019 
reflects  reductions  of  revenue  and  related  operating  losses  based  on  updated  evaluations  of  unsettled  claim  amounts  for  two 
construction projects that were completed in prior years. The operating loss in fiscal 2018 primarily reflects legal costs related to 
outstanding claims. We recorded no material gains or losses related to claims in fiscal 2018. 

Fiscal 2019 Acquisition and Integration Expenses 

In fiscal 2019, we incurred acquisition and integration expenses of $10.4 million related to the WYG acquisition. These 
expenses included $3.3 million of acquisition expenses that were primarily for professional services, such as legal and investment 
banking, to support the transaction and were all paid in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.  Subsequent to the acquisition date, we also 
recorded charges of $7.1 million for integration activities, including the elimination of redundant general and administrative costs, 
real estate consolidation, and conversion of information technology platforms, substantially all of which will be paid next year. 

Fiscal 2019 and 2018 Earn-Out Adjustments 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. We recorded adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported losses 
of $1.1 million and $4.3 million in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. The fiscal 2018 losses resulted from updated valuations of the 
contingent consideration liabilities for Norman, Disney and Young ("NDY"), Eco Logical Australia ("ELA") and Cornerstone 
Environmental Group ("CEG"). These valuations included updated projections of NDY's, ELA's, and CEG's financial performance 
during the earn-out periods, which exceeded our original estimates at their respective acquisition dates.  In addition, we recognized 
charges of $2.0 million and $1.5 million in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively, that related to the earn-out for Glumac but was treated 
as compensation in selling, general and administrative expenses due to the terms of the arrangement, which included an on-going 
service requirement for a portion of the earn-out. 

At September 29, 2019, there was a total maximum of $72.4 million of outstanding contingent consideration related to 

acquisitions. Of this amount, $53.0 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet. 

Fiscal 2019 Impairment of Goodwill 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we performed as strategic review of all of our operations. As a result, we decided 
to dispose of our turn-key pipeline activities in Western Canada in our Remediation and Field Services ("RFS") reporting unit, 
which is in our CIG segment.  As a result, we incurred severance and project-related charges related to the disposition of $10.9 
million, which were reported in the CIG segment's operating income. We also performed an interim goodwill impairment review of 
our RFS reporting unit and recorded a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge. The impaired goodwill related to our acquisition of 
Parkland Pipeline Contractors LTD. As a result of the impairment charge, the estimated fair value of our RFS reporting unit equals 
its carrying value at September 29, 2019. If the financial performance of the remaining operations in our RFS reporting unit were to 
deteriorate or fall below our forecasts, the related goodwill may become further impaired. 

ASC 606 

Prior to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" ("ASC 
606") and the related disclosures of remaining unsatisfied performance obligations ("RUPOs"), we had reported backlog on a 
quarterly basis. Backlog is not a term recognized under United States generally accepted accounting principles; however, it is a 
common measurement used in our industry. Backlog generally represents the dollar amount of revenues we expect to realize in the 
future when we perform the work. RUPOs differ from our backlog. 

40 

The following table provides a reconciliation between RUPOs and backlog as of September 29, 2019: 

RUPOs 

Items impacting comparability: Contract term 

Backlog 

Amount 

(in thousands) 

$

$

3,081,471

10,386

3,091,857

The most significant difference between RUPOs and backlog relates to contract terms. Specifically, our backlog does not 
consider the impact of termination for convenience clauses within the contracts. The contract term and thus remaining performance 
obligation on certain of our operations and maintenance contracts, are limited to the notice period required for contract termination 
(usually 30, 60, or 90 days).

41 

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Income from operations 

Interest expense – net 

Income before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Diluted earnings per share 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

2,964,148 $

2,753,360 $

210,788

(763,414)

2,200,734

(719,350)

2,034,010

(44,064)

166,724

(1,816,276)

(1,680,372)

(135,904)

7.7% 

(6.1) 

8.2 

(8.1) 

8.7 

(7.3) 

NM 

3.7 

30,820

(12,901)

(11,175)

6,744

(3,943)

(34.0) 

2,801

16,239

19,040

1.6 

30.2 

16.1 

(31)

(72.1) 

384,458

(190,120)

(4,252)

190,086

(15,524)

174,562

(37,605)

136,957

(74)

353,638

(177,219)

6,923

183,342

(11,581)

171,761

(53,844)

117,917

(43)

$

$

136,883 $

117,874 $

19,009

2.42 $

2.04 $

0.38

16.1 

18.6 

(1) We believe that the presentation of "Revenue, net of subcontractor costs", which is a non-GAAP financial measure, enhances investors' ability 
to analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of 
providing services, we routinely subcontract various services and, under certain USAID programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor 
costs and grants are passed through to our clients and, in accordance with GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is 
our contractual responsibility to procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to 
project  and period  to period,  changes  in  revenue  may  not necessarily  be  indicative  of  our business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate 
subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with 
external service providers.

NM = not meaningful

42 

The following table reconciles our reported results to non-GAAP adjusted results, which exclude the RCM results and 
certain non-operating accounting-related adjustments. Adjusted results also exclude losses from the divestitures of our non-core 
utility field services operations and other non-core assets in fiscal 2018.  In addition, our adjusted results also exclude a reduction of 
revenue of $10.6 million and a related charge to operating income of $12.5 million from a claim settlement in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2018 for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments 
to EPS to arrive at adjusted EPS averaged 28% and 33% in fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. We apply the relevant marginal 
statutory tax rate based on the nature of the adjustments and tax jurisdiction in which they occur. Both EPS and adjusted EPS were 
calculated using diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated 
statements of income. 

Revenue 

RCM 

Claim settlement 

Adjusted revenue 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

RCM 

Claim settlement 

Adjusted revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Non-core divestitures 

Claim settlement 

Contingent consideration - compensation 

Subtotal 

RCM 

Adjusted income from operations 

EPS 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Contingent consideration - compensation 

RCM 

Revaluation of deferred taxes 

Non-core divestitures 

Claim settlement 

Adjusted EPS 

NM = not meaningful 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

Change 

$ 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,964,148 $

2,753,360 $

210,788

(14,199)

10,576

(18,207)

—

4,008

10,576

2,960,525 $

2,735,153 $

225,372

2,964,148 $

2,753,360 $

210,788

(763,414)

(719,350)

(44,064)

2,200,734 $

2,034,010 $

166,724

(2,648)

10,576

86

—

(2,734)

10,576

2,208,662 $

2,034,096 $

174,566

190,086 $

183,342 $

4,252

3,434

12,457

1,501

211,730

4,573

(6,923)

—

—

—

176,419

14,712

6,744

11,175

3,434

12,457

1,501

35,311

(10,139)

216,303 $

191,131 $

25,172

2.42 $

2.04 $

0.06

0.02

0.06

(0.19)

0.11

0.16

(0.08)

—

0.17

—

—

—

0.38

0.14

0.02

(0.11)

(0.19)

0.11

0.16

0.51

$

2.64 $

2.13 $

% 
7.7% 

NM 

NM 

8.2 

7.7 

NM 

8.2 

NM 

NM 

8.6 

3.7 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

20.0 

NM 

13.2 

18.6 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

23.9 

In fiscal 2018, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $210.8 million, or 7.7%, and $166.7 million, or 
8.2%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2017. Our adjusted revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $225.4 million, 
or  8.2%,  and  $174.6  million,  or  8.6%,  respectively,  compared  to  fiscal  2017.  This  growth  includes  contributions  from  the 
acquisitions of Glumac and NDY, partially offset by the divestiture of our non-core utility field services operations. Excluding the 
net impact from these transactions, our revenue grew $102.6 million, or 3.8%, in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The growth 
was  due  to  increased  state  and  local  government  activity  led  by  our  disaster  response  projects,  as  well  as  our  U.S.  federal 

43 

government and international government business primarily in our GSG segment. These increases were partially offset by a decline 
in our international oil and gas activities in Western Canada in our CIG segment. 

Our operating income increased $6.7 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The loss from exited construction 
activities in our RCM segment was $4.6 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $14.7 million last year. Our RCM results are described 
below under "Remediation and Construction Management." Additionally, our operating income for fiscal 2018 reflects losses of 
$4.3 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities and a related compensation charge of 
$1.5 million. Conversely, our operating income for fiscal 2017 reflects gains of $6.9 million related to changes in the estimated fair 
value of contingent earn-out liabilities. These gains and losses/charges are described below under “Fiscal 2018 and 2017 Earn-Out 
Adjustments.” Our operating income for fiscal 2018 also includes losses of $3.4 million related to the divestitures of our non-core 
utility field services operations and other non-core assets. These losses are reported in selling, general and administrative expenses 
in our consolidated statements of income.  Our fiscal 2018 results also include a reduction of revenue of $10.6 million and a related 
charge to operating income of $12.5 million related to the settlement of a claim in our CIG reportable segment for a fixed-price 
construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014 prior to our decision to exit similar activities in our RCM segment. Although 
this settlement resulted in a charge to operating income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, we received cash proceeds of $16.1 
million for the related accounts receivable in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. 

Excluding these items, adjusted operating income increased $25.2 million, or 13.2%, in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 
2017.  The increase in our operating income reflects improved results in our GSG segment. GSG's operating income increased $30.0 
million in fiscal 2018 compared to last year. These results are described below under "Government Services Group." 

Interest expense, net was $15.5 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $11.6 million in fiscal 2017. This increase reflects 
higher interest rates (primarily LIBOR) and additional borrowings to fund business growth, including the fiscal 2018 acquisitions, 
and other working capital needs. 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2018 and 2017 were 21.5% and 31.3%, respectively. The fiscal 2018 tax rate reflects the 
impact of the comprehensive tax legislation enacted by the U.S. government on December 22, 2017, which is commonly referred to 
as the TCJA. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the U.S. 
corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the deduction for domestic production activities, 
limiting the deductibility of certain executive compensation, and implementing a modified territorial tax system. The TCJA also 
imposes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of historical earnings of foreign subsidiaries. We analyzed this provision of 
the TCJA and our related foreign earnings accumulated under legacy tax laws during fiscal 2018. Based on our analysis of tax 
earnings and profits and tax deficits at the prescribed measurement dates, we have a cumulative net tax deficit and do not believe we 
have any tax liability related to this tax. As we have a September 30 fiscal year-end, our U.S. federal corporate income tax rate was 
blended in fiscal 2018, resulting in a statutory federal rate of approximately 24.5% (3 months at 35% and 9 months at 21%), and will 
be 21% for subsequent fiscal years. 

GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the tax law was enacted.  As a result 
of the TCJA, we reduced our deferred tax liabilities and recorded a one-time deferred tax benefit of approximately $14.7 million in 
fiscal 2018 to reflect our estimate of temporary differences in the United States that will be recovered or settled in fiscal 2018 based 
on the 24.5% blended corporate tax rate or based on the 21% tax rate in fiscal 2019 and beyond versus the previous enacted 35% 
corporate tax rate. In fiscal 2018, we recognized other non-recurring adjustments to our deferred tax assets and liabilities that 
resulted in a net deferred tax expense of $3.6 million.  Excluding these net deferred tax benefits, our effective tax rate in fiscal 2018 
was 27.9%. 

The fiscal 2018 divestitures of our non-core utility field services operations and other non-core assets resulted in a pre-tax 
loss of $3.4 million and incremental tax expense of $2.6 million due to a book/tax basis difference primarily related to the $12.2 
million of associated goodwill. In fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, the Internal Revenue Service concluded their examinations through 
fiscal 2016 and other state and international examinations were also completed. As a result, we recognized a net $1.6 million tax 
expense in fiscal 2018 and a $1.1 million tax expense in fiscal 2017. Excluding these discrete amounts from both periods and the 
one-time impacts of the TCJA, the effective tax rates for fiscal 2018 and 2017 were 25.1% and 30.7%, respectively. 

Our EPS was $2.42 in fiscal 2018, compared to $2.04 in fiscal 2017. On the same basis as our adjusted operating income, 

EPS was $2.64 in fiscal 2018, compared to $2.13 in fiscal 2017. 

Segment Results of Operations 

Beginning in fiscal 2018, we aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, resulting in two renamed 
reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and 

44 

local) and activities with development agencies worldwide. Our CIG reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. 
commercial clients and international activities other than work for development agencies. This alignment allows us to capitalize on 
our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet our growing 
client demand. We continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM segment. 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

$

$

1,694,871 $

1,487,611 $

207,260

(482,537)

(420,453)

(62,084)

1,212,334 $

1,067,158 $

145,176

13.9% 

(14.8) 

13.6 

168,211 $

138,199 $

30,012

21.7 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $207.3 million, or 13.9%, and $145.2 million, or 13.6%, 
respectively, compared to fiscal 2017. These increases include the aforementioned contribution from our Glumac acquisition. 
Excluding this contribution, our revenue increased 9.8% in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. This increase reflects broad-based 
revenue growth in our U.S. state and local government project-related infrastructure revenue with particularly increased revenue 
from municipal water infrastructure work in the metropolitan areas of California, Texas, and Florida. The increase also includes 
higher revenue from disaster response activities in fiscal 2018 compared to last year due to the unprecedented number of natural 
disasters in the United States during 2017. The level of our activities was particularly increased by the hurricanes in Florida and 
Texas, and the fires in California. Our U.S. state and local government revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 
$114.9 million and $68.7 million, respectively, in fiscal 2018 compared to last year.  To a lesser extent, our U.S. federal business 
also improved compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an increase in environmental work for the DoD and DOS. Operating 
income increased $30.0 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, reflecting the higher revenue. In addition, our operating 
margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.9% in fiscal 2018 from 13.0% in fiscal 2017. This increase in 
profitability primarily reflects increasing revenue and improved utilization of resources. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

$

$

1,323,142 $

1,326,020 $

(2,878)

(0.2)% 

(337,390)

(359,082)

985,752 $

966,938 $

21,692

18,814

6.0 

1.9 

74,451 $

90,817 $

(16,366)

(18.0) 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, decreased $2.9 million, or 0.2%, and increased $18.8 million, or 1.9%, 
respectively, in  fiscal 2018 compared to  fiscal  2017. These amounts include the  aforementioned contribution  from our NDY 
acquisition. In addition, these year-over-year comparisons were impacted by the divestiture of our non-core utility field services 
operations in fiscal 2018 and the reduction of revenue of $10.6 million from the settlement of the claim in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2018 for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014. Excluding the net impact of the acquisition/divestiture 
and the claim adjustment, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs decreased 3.1% and 2.4%, respectively, in fiscal 2018 
compared to fiscal 2017. These results primarily reflect lower oil and gas revenue in Western Canada, which declined $75.6 million 
in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Operating income decreased $16.4 million, or, 18.0%, in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 
primarily due to the $12.5 million charge for the claim settlement in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 for the fixed-price construction 
project that was completed in fiscal 2014.  Excluding this charge, operating income declined 4.3% in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 
2017 reflecting the lower revenue. In addition, our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, declined to 7.6% 
in fiscal 2018 from 9.4% in fiscal 2017 reflecting the claim settlement in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. 

45 

Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Loss from operations 

NM = not meaningful 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$

$

$

14,199 $

18,207 $

(4,008)

(22.0)% 

(11,551)

2,648 $

(18,293)

(86) $

6,742

2,734

(4,573) $

(14,712) $

10,139

36.9 

NM 

68.9 

Revenue decreased $4.0 million and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $2.7 million in fiscal 2018 compared to 
fiscal 2017. The operating loss in fiscal 2018 primarily reflects legal costs related to outstanding claims. In fiscal 2017, we updated 
our evaluation of unsettled claims and recognized a reduction in revenue of $4.9 million and a related loss in operating income of 
$3.6 million. We also recognized unfavorable operating income adjustments of $5.7 million related to our updated estimate of the 
costs to complete fixed-price construction projects in fiscal 2017.  The remaining loss in fiscal 2017 primarily reflect legal costs 
related to outstanding claims. 

Fiscal 2018 and 2017 Earn-Out Adjustments 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. In fiscal 2018, we recorded adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and 
reported related losses in operating income of $4.3 million. In addition, in fiscal 2018 we recognized a charge of $1.5 million that 
related to the earn-out for Glumac but was treated as compensation in selling, general and administrative expenses due to the terms 
of the arrangement, which included an on-going service requirement for a portion of the earn-out.

During fiscal 2017, we recorded updated valuations to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported net gains in operating 
income totaling $6.9 million. The fiscal 2017 gains primarily resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration 
liabilities for INDUS Corporation ("INDUS") and CEG, which are both part of our GSG segment. 

At September 30, 2018, there was a total potential maximum of $50.6 million of outstanding contingent consideration 
related to acquisitions. Of this amount, $35.3 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet. 

46 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Capital Requirements. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and borrowings under our credit 
facilities.  Our  primary  uses  of  cash  are  to  fund  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  stock  repurchases,  cash  dividends  and 
repayment of debt, as well as to fund acquisitions and earn-out obligations from prior acquisitions. We believe that our existing cash 
and cash equivalents, operating cash flows and borrowing capacity under our credit agreement, as described below, will be sufficient 
to meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. On November 5, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized a new 
stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock in addition to the $25 million 
under the previous stock purchase program. In fiscal 2019, we expended the $25 million under the previous stock purchase program 
and an additional $75 million under the new program. We declared and paid common stock dividends totaling $29.7 million, or 
$0.54 per share, in fiscal 2019 compared to $24.5 million, or $0.44 per share, in fiscal 2018.

Subsequent Event. On November 11, 2019, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per share 

payable on December 13, 2019 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 2, 2019.

We use a variety of tax planning and financing strategies to manage our worldwide cash and deploy funds to locations 
where  they  are  needed.  Historically,  we  indefinitely  reinvested  our  foreign  earnings,  and  did  not  need  to  repatriate  these 
earnings. However, in fiscal 2018, we evaluated our global tax planning and financing strategies as a result of the recent changes in 
U.S. tax law.  As a result, we completed a one-time repatriation of a portion of our foreign earnings totaling approximately $117 
million in fiscal 2018. We paid down debt in the U.S. with most of these funds during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. This 
transaction resulted in a $2.4 million net repatriation tax on a global basis. At September 29, 2019, undistributed earnings of our 
foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in  Canada,  amounting  to  approximately  $44.0  million,  which  are  expected  to  be  permanently 
reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for foreign withholding taxes has been made. Upon distribution of those earnings, we would 
be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Assuming the permanently reinvested foreign earnings were repatriated under the laws and 
rates  applicable  at  September 29,  2019,  the  incremental  foreign  withholding  taxes  applicable  to  those  earnings  would  be 
approximately $1.1 million. We have no need or plans to repatriate additional foreign earnings in the foreseeable future. 

Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash.  As of September 29, 2019, cash equivalents and restricted cash were $120.9 
million,  a  decrease  of  $28.0  million  compared  to  the  fiscal  2018  year-end. The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  payments  for 
acquisitions, stock repurchases and dividends.

Operating Activities.  For fiscal 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $208.5 million compared to $185.7 
million in fiscal 2018. The increase primarily resulted from additional cash collections from accounts receivable and improved 
management of our working capital.

Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $99.7 million in fiscal 2019, an increase of $57.1 million 
compared to last year. The increase was primarily the result of proceeds from the divestiture of our non-core utility field services 
operations in fiscal 2018 that did not recur this year.

Financing Activities.  For fiscal 2019, net cash used in financing activities was $135.1 million, a decrease of $46.9 million 
compared to fiscal 2018. The decrease in net cash used was due to lower net borrowings of long-term debt, partially offset by $25 
million more in stock repurchases in fiscal 2019 compared to last year.

Debt Financing.  On July 30, 2018, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amended Credit 
Agreement”) with a total borrowing capacity of $1 billion that will mature in July 2023. The Amended Credit Agreement is a $700 
million senior secured, five-year facility that provides for a $250 million term loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan Facility”), a 
$450 million revolving credit facility (the “Amended Revolving Credit Facility”), and a $300 million accordion feature that allows 
us to increase the Amended Credit Agreement to $1 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement allows us to, 
among other things, (i) refinance indebtedness under our Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013; (ii) finance certain permitted 
open market repurchases of our common stock, permitted acquisitions, and cash dividends and distributions; and (iii) utilize the 
proceeds for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The Amended Revolving Credit Facility 
includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans, and a $200 
million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on July 30, 2018. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to 
quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually beginning December 31, 2018. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a 
base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the 
Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin is based 
on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to the same interest rate 
provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on July 30, 2023, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and 
other obligations. 

47 

At September 29, 2019, we had $276.4 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was comprised of $240.6 million under the Term Loan Facility and $35.8 million outstanding under the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility at a year-to-date weighted-average interest rate of 3.37% per annum. In addition, we had $0.7 million in standby letters of 
credit under the Amended Credit Agreement. Our average effective weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding during 
the year-to-date period ending September 29, 2019 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate swap 
agreements was 3.65%. At September 29, 2019, we had $413.3 million of available credit under the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. Commitment fees related to our revolving credit 
facilities were $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.8 million for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains certain affirmative and restrictive covenants, and customary events of default. 
The financial covenants provide for a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (total funded debt/EBITDA, as defined 
in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (EBITDA/Consolidated 
Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the Amended  Credit Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement  are 
guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our 
subsidiaries, including those subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (ii) the 
accounts receivable, general intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

At September 29, 2019, we were in compliance with these covenants with a consolidated leverage ratio of 1.30x and a 
consolidated interest coverage ratio of 16.51x. Our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of 
our subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, including those 
subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (ii) our accounts receivable, general 
intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

In addition to the credit facility, we entered into agreements to issue standby letters of credit. The aggregate amount of 
standby letters of credit outstanding under these additional agreements and other bank guarantees was $41.4 million, of which $10.2 
million was issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

We maintain at our Australian subsidiary an AUD$30 million credit facility, which may be used for bank overdrafts, short-
term cash advances and bank guarantees. This facility expires in March 2020 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At September 29, 
2019, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility and bank guarantees outstanding of USD$6.1 million, which were 
issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

We maintain at our United Kingdom subsidiary a GBP£35 million credit facility, which may be used for bank overdrafts, 
short-term cash advances and bank guarantees. This facility expires in July 2020 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At September 
29, 2019, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility and bank guarantees outstanding of USD$17.4 million, which 
were issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

Inflation.  We believe our operations have not been, and, in the foreseeable future, are not expected to be, materially 
adversely affected by inflation or changing prices due to the average duration of our projects and our ability to negotiate prices as 
contracts end and new contracts begin.

Dividends.  Our Board of Directors has authorized the following dividends:

Declaration Date 

Dividend 
Per Share 

Record Date 

Total 
Maximum 
Payment 

Payment Date 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

November 5, 2018 

January 28, 2019 

April 29, 2019 

July 29, 2019 

November 11, 2019 

$

$

$

$

$

0.12 November 30, 2018  $

February 13, 2019 

May 15, 2019 

August 14, 2019 

$

$

$

6,654

6,616

8,219

8,185

December 14, 2018 

February 28, 2019 

May 31, 2019 

August 30, 2019 

December 2, 2019 

N/A December 13, 2019 

0.12

0.15

0.15

0.15

48 

Contractual Obligations.  The following sets forth our contractual obligations at September 29, 2019:

Debt: 

Credit facility 

Interest (1)

Capital leases 

Operating leases (2)

Contingent earn-outs (3)

Deferred compensation liability 

Unrecognized tax benefits (4)

Total 

Year 1 

Years 2 - 3 

Years 4 - 5 

Beyond 

(in thousands) 

$

276,434 $

12,500 $

28,125 $

235,809 $

30,307

87

343,532

52,992

29,548

9,169

8,460

72

108,758

24,977

—

977

15,842

15

117,842

28,015

—

7,551

6,005

—

62,240

—

—

641

—

—

—

54,692

—

29,548

—

Total 

$

742,069 $

155,744 $

197,390 $

304,695 $

84,240

(1)

(2)

Interest primarily related to the Term Loan Facility is based on a weighted-average interest rate at September 29, 2019, on borrowings that are 
presently outstanding.
Predominantly represents real estate leases.

(3) Represents the estimated fair value recorded for contingent earn-out obligations for acquisitions. The remaining maximum contingent earn-

out obligations for these acquisitions total $72.4 million.

(4) Represents liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions, excluding amounts related primarily to outstanding 
refund claims. We are unable to reasonably predict the timing of tax settlements, as tax audits can involve complex issues and the resolution 
of those issues may span multiple years, particularly if subject to negotiation or litigation. For more information, see Note 9, "Income Taxes" 
of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

Income Taxes 

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjust the allowance, if 
necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax 
planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. The ability or failure to achieve the forecasted 
taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets. Based on future 
operating results in certain jurisdictions, it is possible that the current valuation allowance positions of those jurisdictions could be 
adjusted in the next 12 months. 

As of September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions 

was $9.2 million and $8.3 million, respectively. 

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax 

positions may significantly decrease within the next 12 months. These changes would be the result of ongoing examinations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the ordinary course of business, we may use off-balance sheet arrangements if we believe that such arrangements would 
be an efficient way to lower our cost of capital or help us manage the overall risks of our business operations. We do not believe that 
such arrangements have had a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations. 

The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements: 

• 

Letters of credit and bank guarantees are used primarily to support project performance and insurance programs. We 
are required to reimburse the issuers of letters of credit and bank guarantees for any payments they make under the 
outstanding letters of credit or bank guarantees. Our Amended Credit Agreement and additional letter of credit 
facilities cover the issuance of our standby letters of credit and bank guarantees and are critical for our normal 
operations. If we default on the Amended Credit Agreement or additional credit facilities, our inability to issue or 
renew standby letters of credit and bank guarantees would impair our ability to maintain normal operations. At 
September  29,  2019,  we  had  $0.7  million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  our Amended  Credit 
Agreement, $41.4 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our additional letter of credit facilities and 
$6.1 million of bank guarantees under our Australian facility, and $17.4 million under our United Kingdom facility. 

• 

From time to time, we provide guarantees and indemnifications related to our services. If our services under a 
guaranteed  or  indemnified  project  are  later  determined  to have  resulted  in  a  material  defect  or  other  material 

49 

• 

• 

deficiency, then we may be responsible for monetary damages or other legal remedies. When sufficient information 
about claims on guaranteed or indemnified projects is available and monetary damages or other costs or losses are 
determined to be probable, we recognize such guaranteed losses. 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various agreements as part of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, 
joint ventures, and other jointly executed contracts where we are jointly and severally liable. We enter into these 
agreements primarily to support the project execution commitments of these entities. The potential payment amount 
of an outstanding performance guarantee is typically the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on behalf of 
third parties under engineering and construction contracts. However, we are not able to estimate other amounts that 
may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts and, accordingly, the total potential 
payment  amount  under  our  outstanding  performance  guarantees  cannot  be  estimated.  For  cost-plus  contracts, 
amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the client for 
work performed under the contract. For lump sum or fixed-price contracts, this amount is the cost to complete the 
contracted work less amounts remaining to be billed to the client under the contract. Remaining billable amounts 
could be greater or less than the cost to complete. In those cases where costs exceed the remaining amounts payable 
under the contract, we may have recourse to third parties, such as owners, co-venturers, subcontractors or vendors, 
for claims. 

In the ordinary course of business, our clients may request that we obtain surety bonds in connection with contract 
performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated to 
reimburse the issuer of our surety bonds for any payments made thereunder. Each of our commitments under 
performance bonds generally ends concurrently with the expiration of our related contractual obligation. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions 
in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  that  affect  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
accompanying footnotes included in Item 8 of this report. In order to understand better the changes that may occur to our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows, readers should be aware of the critical accounting policies we apply and estimates 
we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are based on management's best 
knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. 

Our significant accounting policies are described in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 
Highlighted below are the accounting policies that management considers most critical to investors' understanding of our financial 
results and condition, and that require complex judgments by management. 

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs 

On October 1, 2018,  we adopted ASC 606,  which  supersedes  most  current revenue recognition  guidance,  including 
industry-specific guidance. We  adopted the standard on a modified retrospective basis  which results in  no restatement of the 
comparative periods presented and a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of adoption. As part of our 
adoption, the new standard was applied only to those contracts that were not substantially completed as of the date of adoption. 

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for contracts under ASC 606, we evaluate whether multiple contracts 
should be combined and accounted for as a single contract and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as 
having more than one performance obligation. The decision to combine a group of contracts or separate a combined or single 
contract  into  multiple  performance  obligations  may  impact  the  amount  of  revenue  recorded  in  a  given  period.  Contracts  are 
considered to have a  single performance obligation if the promises are  not separately identifiable from other promises in the 
contracts. 

At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised in a contract and identify, as a separate performance 
obligation, each distinct promise to transfer goods or services to the customer. The identified performance obligations represent the 
“unit of account” for purposes of determining revenue recognition. In order to properly identify separate performance obligations, 
we apply judgment in determining whether each good or service provided is: (a) capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can 
benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and (b) 
distinct within the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from 
other promises in the contract. 

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract 
modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most of 
our contract modifications are for goods or services that are not distinct from existing contracts due to the significant integration 

50 

provided or significant interdependencies in the context of the contract and are accounted for as if they were part of the original 
contract. The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price and our measure of progress for the performance obligation to 
which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) on a cumulative catch-
up basis. 

We account for contract  modifications as a separate contract when the modification results in the promise to deliver 
additional goods or services that are distinct and the increase in price of the contract is for the same amount as the stand-alone 
selling price of the additional goods or services included in the modification. 

The transaction price represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring 
promised goods or services to our customers. The consideration promised within a contract may include fixed amounts, variable 
amounts, or both. The nature of our contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims, award fee 
incentives, fiscal funding clauses, and liquidated damages. We recognize revenue for variable consideration when it is probable that 
a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized for the contract will not occur. We estimate the amount of 
revenue to be recognized on variable consideration using either the expected value or the most likely amount method, whichever is 
expected to better predict the amount of consideration to be received. Project mobilization costs are generally charged to project 
costs as incurred when they are an integrated part of the performance obligation being transferred to the client. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and 
price, or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on claims is recognized only to the extent that contract costs related 
to the claims have been incurred and when it is probable that any significant revenue recognized related to the claim will not be 
reversed.  Factors considered in determining whether revenue associated with claims (including change orders in dispute and 
unapproved change orders in regard to both scope and price) should be recognized include the following: (a) the contract or other 
evidence provides a legal basis for the claim, (b) additional costs were caused by circumstances that were unforeseen at the contract 
date and not the result of deficiencies in our performance, (c) claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view 
of the work performed, and (d) evidence supporting the claim is objective and verifiable. This can lead to a situation in which costs 
are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained, or a claims 
resolution occurs. In some  cases,  contract  retentions are  withheld by clients  until certain conditions are  met or the  project  is 
completed, which may be several months or years. In these cases, we have not identified a significant financing component under 
ASC 606 as the timing difference in payment compared to delivery of obligations under the contract is not for purposes of financing. 

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation using 
a best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The standalone selling price is 
typically  determined  using  the  estimated  cost  of  the  contract  plus  a  margin  approach.  For  contracts  containing  variable 
consideration,  we  allocate  the  variability  to  a  specific  performance  obligation  within  the  contract  if  such  variability  relates 
specifically to our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation or transfer the distinct good or service, and the allocation depicts the 
amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled. 

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a 
cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total 
estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgment to 
faithfully depict the value of the services transferred to the customer. For certain on-call engineering or consulting and similar 
contracts, we recognize revenue in the amount which we have the right to invoice the customer if that amount corresponds directly 
with the value of our performance completed to date. 

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-cost 
measure of progress method, changes in total estimated costs, and related progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance 
obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are made. When the 
current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made in the period in which 
the loss becomes evident. 

Contract Types 

Our  services  are  performed  under  three  principal  types  of  contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials  and  cost-plus. 

Customer payments on contracts are typically due within 60 days of billing, depending on the contract. 

51 

Fixed-Price. Under fixed-price contracts, clients pay us an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope 

of work.

Time-and-Materials. Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based on 
the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs for materials and other 
direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. Most of our time-and-material 
contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and also may include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

Cost-Plus. Under cost-plus contracts, we are reimbursed for allowed or otherwise defined costs incurred plus a negotiated 
fee. The contracts may also include incentives for various performance criteria, including quality, timeliness, ingenuity, safety and 
cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit agencies, and such 
reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract.

Insurance Matters, Litigation and Contingencies 

In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. Generally, such guarantees 
relate to project schedules and performance. Most of the litigation involves us as a defendant in contractual disagreements, workers' 
compensation, personal injury and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and 
operations. However, we have elected to retain a portion of losses that may occur through the use of various deductibles, limits and 
retentions under our insurance programs. This practice may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially 
insured or are completely uninsured. 

We record in our consolidated balance sheets amounts representing our estimated liability for self-insurance claims. We 
utilize actuarial analyses to assist in determining the level of accrued liabilities to establish for our employee medical and workers' 
compensation self-insurance claims that are known and have been asserted against us, as well as for self-insurance claims that are 
believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analyses but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators at the balance 
sheet date. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated statements of income. 

Except as described in Note 18, "Commitments and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" 
included in Item 8, we do not have any litigation or other contingencies that have had, or are currently anticipated to have, a material 
impact  on our results of  operations  or financial position. As additional information about current or future  litigation or other 
contingencies becomes available, management will assess whether such information warrants the recording of additional expenses 
relating to those contingencies. Such additional expenses could potentially have a material impact on our results of operations and 
financial position. 

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on 
the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to 
make estimates and use valuation techniques when a market value is not readily available. Any excess of purchase price over the fair 
value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill typically represents the value paid for the 
assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. 

Identifiable intangible assets include backlog, non-compete agreements, client relations, trade names, patents and other 
assets. The costs of these intangible assets are amortized over their contractual or economic lives, which range from one to ten years. 
We assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on 
expected future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the 
review indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the intangible 
assets would be recognized as an impairment loss. 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. In addition, we regularly 
evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We 
perform interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and circumstances have occurred, 
including a deterioration in general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key 
personnel, strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared 
with  actual  and  projected  results  of  relevant  prior  periods  (see  Note 7,  "Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets"  of  the  "Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion). 

We believe  the  methodology  that  we  use  to review impairment of goodwill,  which includes a significant amount of 
judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the 
factors  employed  in  determining  whether  our  goodwill  is  impaired  are  outside  of  our  control  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that 
assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could result in future impairments. 

52 

The goodwill impairment review involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, which for us are the 
components one level below  our reportable segments. This process  requires us  to  make  significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations as well as the interpretation of current economic 
indicators and market valuations. Furthermore, the development of the present value of  future cash flow projections includes 
assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our expected revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, business plans, 
discount rates and tax rates. We also make certain assumptions about future market conditions, market prices, interest rates and 
changes in business strategies. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a 
reporting unit. This could eliminate the excess of fair value over carrying value of a reporting unit entirely and, in some cases, result 
in  impairment.  Such  changes  in  assumptions  could  be  caused  by  a  loss  of  one  or  more  significant  contracts,  reductions  in 
government or commercial client spending, or a decline in the demand for our services due to changing economic conditions. In the 
event that we determine that our goodwill is impaired, we would be required to record a non-cash charge that could result in a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position. 

We use two  methods to determine  the  fair value  of our reporting units: (i) the  Income Approach  and (ii) the Market 
Approach. While  each  of  these  approaches  is  initially  considered  in  the  valuation  of  the  business  enterprises,  the  nature  and 
characteristics of the reporting units indicate which approach is most applicable. The Income Approach utilizes the discounted cash 
flow method, which focuses on the expected cash flow of the reporting unit. In applying this approach, the cash flow available for 
distribution is calculated for a finite period of years. Cash flow available for distribution is defined, for purposes of this analysis, as 
the amount of cash that could be distributed as a dividend without impairing the future profitability or operations of the reporting 
unit. The cash flow available for distribution and the terminal value (the value of the reporting unit at the end of the estimation 
period) are then discounted to present value to derive an indication of the value of the business enterprise. The Market Approach is 
comprised of the guideline company method and the similar transactions method. The guideline company method focuses on 
comparing the reporting unit to select reasonably similar (or "guideline") publicly traded companies. Under this method, valuation 
multiples are (i) derived from the operating data of selected guideline companies; (ii) evaluated and adjusted based on the strengths 
and weaknesses of the reporting units relative to the selected guideline companies; and (iii) applied to the operating data of the 
reporting unit to arrive at an indication of value. In the similar transactions method, consideration is given to prices paid in recent 
transactions that have occurred in the reporting unit's industry or in related industries. For our annual impairment analysis, we 
weighted the Income Approach and the Market Approach at 70% and 30%, respectively. The Income Approach was given a higher 
weight  because  it  has  the  most  direct  correlation  to  the  specific  economics  of  the  reporting  unit,  as  compared  to  the  Market 
Approach, which is based on multiples of broad-based (i.e., less comparable) companies. Our last review at July 1, 2019 (i.e. the 
first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2019), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting units had 
estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. We had no reporting units that had estimated 
fair values that exceeded their carrying values by less than 25%. 

Contingent Consideration 

Certain  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  arrangements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. 

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their 
respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial 
purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Estimated contingent earn-out 
liabilities" and "Long-term estimated contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors 
when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 
acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and material 
component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price; and (2) the former shareholders of acquired companies that 
remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level compared with the 
compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (See Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation  – Fair Value of Financial 
Instruments" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8). We use a probability weighted discounted 
income approach as a valuation technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant 
unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or 
three years), and the probability outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases or decreases to either of these 
inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum 
of the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the liability on the 
acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in 

53 

excess of the liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities related to 
the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related 
to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Income Taxes 

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, we file other returns that are required in the states, 
foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and expense items differently 
for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the differences between the 
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on 
enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. In determining the need for a 
valuation  allowance  on  deferred  tax  assets,  management  reviews  both  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  current  and 
historical results of operations, future income projections and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have 
concluded  that  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  at  September 29,  2019,  primarily  net  operating  losses  and  certain  foreign 
intangibles, will not be realized, and we have reserved accordingly.

According to the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit 
from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing 
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position 
should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. 
For more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 9, "Income Taxes" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements" included in Item 8. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

For a discussion of recent accounting standards and the effect they could have on the consolidated financial statements, see 

Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculation purposes. In the normal course of business, 
we have exposure to both interest rate risk and foreign currency transaction and translation risk, primarily related to the Canadian 
and Australian dollar, and British Pound. 

We are exposed to interest rate risk under our Amended Credit Agreement. We can borrow, at our option, under both the 
Amended Term Loan Facility and Amended Revolving Credit Facility. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit Facility, 
at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a base rate for loans 
in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the Eurocurrency rate plus 
1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. Borrowings at the base rate have no designated term and may be 
repaid without penalty any time prior to the Facility’s maturity date. Borrowings at a Eurodollar rate have a term no less than 30 
days and no greater than 180 days and may be prepaid without penalty. Typically, at the end of such term, such borrowings may be 
rolled over at our discretion into either a borrowing at the base rate or a borrowing at a Eurodollar rate with similar terms, not to 
exceed  the  maturity  date  of  the  Facility. The  Facility  matures  on  July  30,  2023. At  September  29,  2019,  we  had  borrowings 
outstanding under the Credit Agreement of $276.4 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 3.37% per annum. 

In August 2018, we entered into five interest rate swap agreements with five banks to fix the variable interest rate on $250 
million of our Amended Term Loan Facility. The objective of these interest rate swaps was to eliminate the variability of our cash 
flows on the amount of interest expense we pay under our Credit Agreement. As of September 29, 2019, the notional principal of our 
outstanding interest swap agreements was $240.6 million ($48.1 million each.) Our year-to-date average effective interest rate on 
borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate swap agreements, at September 29, 2019, 
was  3.65%.  For  more  information,  see  Note  15,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements” in Item 8. 

Most of our transactions are in U.S. dollars; however, some of our subsidiaries conduct business in foreign currencies, 
primarily the Canadian and Australian dollar, and British Pound. Therefore, we are subject to currency exposure and volatility 
because of currency fluctuations. We attempt to minimize our exposure to these fluctuations by matching revenue and expenses in 
the same currency for our contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses were immaterial for both fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. Foreign 
currency gains and losses are reported as part of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements of 
income. 

54 

We have foreign currency exchange rate exposure in our results of operations and equity primarily because of the currency 
translation related to our foreign subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency. To the extent the U.S. dollar 
strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result in reduced 
revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities will increase if 
the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies. For fiscal 2019 and 2018, 27.7% and 24.7% of our consolidated revenue, 
respectively, was generated by our international business. For fiscal 2019, the effect of foreign exchange rate translation on the 
consolidated balance sheets was a decrease in equity of $21.1 million compared to a decrease in equity of $29.7 million in fiscal 
2018. These amounts were recognized as an adjustment to equity through other comprehensive income. 

55 

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2019, September 30, 2018 and 
October 1, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2019, September 30, 
2018 and October 1, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2019, September 30, 2018 and 
October 1, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2019, September 30, 2018 and 
October 1, 2017

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2019, 
September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017

Page 

57

60

61

62

63

65

66

99

56 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tetra Tech, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as 
of September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity 
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 29, 2019, including the related notes and financial 
statement schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  We also 
have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 29, 2019, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended September 29, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of September 29, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by the COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express 
opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those  risks.    Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.  Our audit of internal control 
over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded WYG plc 
(WYG) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of September 29, 2019, because it was acquired by the 
Company in a purchase business combination during 2019. We have also excluded WYG from our audit of internal control over 
financial  reporting.  WYG  is  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  whose  total  assets  and  total  revenue  excluded  from  management's 
assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 3% and 1%, respectively, of the related 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended September 29, 2019. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 

57 

the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The critical  audit matters communicated below are  matters arising from the current period audit of the  consolidated 
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts 
or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the 
critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Revenue recognition - determination of total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts  

As  described  in  Note  3  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company’s  services  are  performed  under  three 
principal  types  of  contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials  and  cost-plus.    Under  fixed-price  contracts,  which  account  for 
approximately 34% of the Company's total consolidated revenue, the Company’s clients pay an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in 
advance  for  a  specified  scope  of  work.  Revenue  on  fixed-price  contracts  is  recognized over  time  as  the  related  performance 
obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to the Company’s customers. Progress toward complete 
satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is 
based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total estimated contract cost. As disclosed by management, this 
measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects the judgment to faithfully depict the value of the 
services transferred to the customer. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to 
complete  a  performance  obligation  will  be  revised  in  the  near-term.  For  those  performance  obligations  for  which  revenue  is 
recognized using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method, changes in total estimated costs, and related progress towards complete 
satisfaction of the performance obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the 
estimates are made. When the current estimate of total costs for a performance obligation indicates a loss, a provision for the entire 
estimated loss on the contract is made in the period in which the loss becomes evident. 

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  revenue  recognition  - 
determination of total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts is a critical audit matter are there was a significant amount of 
judgment required by management in determining the total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts which, in turn, led to a 
high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and audit effort in performing our procedures to evaluate the total estimated contract 
costs for fixed-price contracts and the audit evidence obtained. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to 
the revenue recognition process, including controls over the determination of total estimated contract cost for fixed-price contracts. 
These procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating and testing management’s process for determining the total estimated 
contract cost for a sample of contracts, which included review of contracts and other documents that support those estimates, and 
testing of underlying contract costs; (ii) assessing management's ability to reasonably estimate total contract cost by performing a 
comparison of the actual total estimated contract cost as compared with prior period estimates, including evaluating the timely 
identification  of  circumstances  that  may  warrant  a  modification  to  the  total  estimated  contract  cost  and  (iii)  evaluating 
management’s methodologies and assessing the consistency of management’s approach over the life of the contract. 

Goodwill impairment assessment - Remediation and Field Services reporting unit 

As described in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company's consolidated goodwill balance was 
$924.8 million as of September 29, 2019, and the goodwill associated with the Remediation and Field Services (RFS) reporting unit 
was $48.8 million. Management performs an annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of the fiscal fourth quarter of each 
year, July 1, 2019, for fiscal 2019, or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the 
asset may not be recoverable. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, management performed a strategic review of the Company's 

58 

operations. As a result, management decided to dispose of the Canadian turn-key pipeline activities in the RFS reporting unit, which 
is  in  the  Commercial/International  Services  Group  (CIG)  reportable  segment.  Management  performed  an  interim  goodwill 
impairment review of the RFS reporting unit and recorded a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge. As a result of the impairment 
charge, the estimated fair value of the RFS reporting unit equals its carrying value of $61 million at September 29, 2019, including 
the remaining $48.8 million of goodwill. The impairment test for goodwill involves the comparison of the estimated fair value of 
each reporting unit to the reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. Management estimates the fair value of reporting units 
based  on a  comparison and  weighting of the  income  approach, specifically the discounted  cash flow  method and the  market 
approach. Management's cash flow projections for the RFS Reporting Unit included significant judgments and assumptions relating 
to revenue growth rate, operating profit margin forecasts and the discount rate. 

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  the  goodwill  impairment 
assessment of the RFS reporting unit is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment by management when developing 
the fair value measurement of the reporting unit which, in turn, led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in 
performing procedures to evaluate management's cash flow projections and significant assumptions, including revenue growth rate, 
operating profit margin forecasts and the discount rate. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized 
skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained from these procedures. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our 
overall opinion on the financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management's 
goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the evaluation of the Company's reporting units. These procedures also 
included, among others, testing management's process for developing the fair value estimate; evaluating the appropriateness of the 
discounted  cash  flow  method;  testing  the  completeness,  accuracy,  and  relevance  of  underlying  data  used  in  the  cash  flow 
projections; and evaluating the significant assumptions used by management, including revenue growth rate, operating margin 
forecasts and the discount rate. Evaluating management's assumptions related to revenue growth rates and projected operating 
income involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past 
performance of the reporting unit, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions 
were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to 
assist in the evaluation of the Company's discounted cash flow method and certain significant assumptions, including the discount 
rate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Los Angeles, California 
November 27, 2019 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004. 

59 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except par value) 

ASSETS 

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts receivable – net 
Contract assets 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Income taxes receivable 

Total current assets

Property and equipment – net 
Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets – net 
Deferred income taxes 
Other long-term assets 
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 
Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation 
Contract liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Current contingent earn-out liabilities 
Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities

Deferred income taxes 
Long-term debt 
Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18) 

Equity: 

Preferred stock – Authorized, 2,000 shares of $0.01 par value; no shares issued and 
outstanding at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018 
Common stock – Authorized, 150,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 
54,565 and 55,349 shares at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Retained earnings 

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity

Noncontrolling interests 

Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

$

$

$

$

120,732 $
768,720
114,324
62,196
13,820
1,079,792

39,441
6,873
924,820
16,440
28,385
51,657
2,147,408 $

206,609 $
203,384
165,611
—
12,572
24,977
156,801
769,954

12,971
263,949
28,015
83,055

146,185
694,221
142,882
56,003
11,089
1,050,380

43,278
3,370
798,820
16,123
8,607
38,843
1,959,421

160,222
180,153
143,270
8,272
12,599
13,633
99,944
618,093

30,166
264,712
21,657
57,693

—

—

546
78,132
(160,584)
1,071,192
989,286
178
989,464
2,147,408 $

553
148,803
(127,350)
944,965
966,971
129
967,100
1,959,421

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

60 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Other costs of revenue 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Acquisition and integration expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Impairment of goodwill 

Income from operations 

Interest income 

Interest expense 

Income before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

September 29,
 2019 
3,107,348 $

September 30,
 2018 
2,964,148 $

$

October 1, 
 2017 
2,753,360

(717,711)

(763,414)

(719,350)

(1,981,454)

(1,816,276)

(1,680,372)

408,183

(200,230)

(10,351)

(1,085)

(7,755)

188,762

1,732

(15,358)

175,136

(16,375)

158,761

(93)

384,458

(190,120)

—

(4,252)

—

190,086

1,824

(17,348)

174,562

(37,605)

136,957

(74)

353,638

(177,219)

—

6,923

—

183,342

729

(12,310)

171,761

(53,844)

117,917

(43)

$

$

$

158,668 $

136,883 $

117,874

2.89 $

2.84 $

2.46 $

2.42 $

54,986

55,936

55,670

56,598

2.07

2.04

56,911

57,913

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

61 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands) 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 

(Loss) gain on cash flow hedge valuations 

Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Tetra Tech 
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling 
interests 

Comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Comprehensive income 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

158,761 $

136,957 $

117,917

(21,109)

(12,125)

(33,234)

(29,656)

806

(28,850)

243

(64)

27,894

1,614

29,508

8

$

$

$

125,770 $

108,043 $

147,433

125,434 $

108,033 $

147,382

336

10

51

125,770 $

108,043 $

147,433

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

62 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended October 1, 2017, September 30, 2018, and September 29, 2019 
(in thousands) 

Common Stock 

Shares 

Amount 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Tetra Tech 
Equity 

Non-Controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity 

57,042 $

570 $

260,340 $

(128,008) $

736,357 $

869,259 $

144 $

869,403

117,874

117,874

27,894

1,614

27,894

1,614

147,382

13,450

18,556

(3,472)

4,938

(99,977)

(21,672)

(21,672)

13,450

18,564

(3,470)

4,940

(100,000)

43

8

117,917

27,902

1,614

51

147,433

(24)

(24)

(21,672)

13,450

18,564

(3,470)

4,940

(100,000)

193,835

(98,500)

832,559

928,453

171

928,624

791

116

190

(2,266)

55,873

8

2

2

(23)

559

136,883

136,883

74

136,957

(29,656)

(64)

(29,720)

806

108,033

806

10

108,043

(52)

(52)

(24,477)

(24,477)

19,582

(8,871)

13,511

5,740

(75,000)

(24,477)

19,582

(8,871)

13,511

5,740

(75,000)

(29,656)

806

63 

277

549

142

(1,492)

3

5

1

(15)

19,582

(8,874)

13,506

5,739

(74,985)

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 2, 2016 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax: 

Net income 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments 

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax
Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

Cash dividends of 
$0.38 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation 

Stock options 
exercised 

Restricted stock 
award, restricted & 
performance shares 
released
Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

Stock repurchases 

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 1, 2017 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax: 

Net income 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments 

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

Cash dividends of 
$0.44 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation 

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released 
Stock options 
exercised 

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

Stock repurchases 

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 30, 
2018
Comprehensive 
income, net of tax: 

Net income 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments 

Loss on cash flow 
hedge valuations 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

Cash dividends of 
$0.54 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation 

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released 

Stock options 
exercised 

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

Stock repurchases 
Cumulative effect of 
accounting changes 

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 29, 
2019

Common Stock 

Shares 

Amount 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Tetra Tech 
Equity 

Non-Controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity 

55,349

553

148,803

(127,350)

944,965

966,971

129

967,100

158,668

158,668

93

158,761

(21,109)

(12,125)

(21,109)

(12,125)

125,434

183

448

148

(1,563)

2

5

2

(16)

17,618

(6,895)

11,746

6,844

(99,984)

(29,674)

(29,674)

17,618

(6,893)

11,751

6,846

(100,000)

243

(20,866)

(12,125)

336

125,770

(287)

(287)

(29,674)

17,618

(6,893)

11,751

6,846

(100,000)

$

(2,767) $

(2,767)

$

(2,767)

54,565 $

546 $

78,132 $

(160,584) $

1,071,192 $

989,286 $

178 $

989,464

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

64 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Equity in income of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of distributions 
Amortization of stock-based awards 
Deferred income taxes 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Impairment of goodwill 
Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets and divested business 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable and contract assets 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation 
Contract liabilities 
Other liabilities 
Income taxes receivable/payable 
Cash settled contingent earn-out liability 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Capital expenditures 
Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds from sale of assets and divested business, net 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Repayments on long-term debt 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Payments of contingent earn-out liabilities 
Debt pre-payment costs 
Repurchases of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Dividends paid 
Taxes paid on vested restricted stock 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash  at beginning of year 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash  at end of year 

Supplemental information: 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds received of $5.2 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

158,761 $

136,957 $

117,917

28,844
(25)
17,618
(37,615)
16,964
7,755
1,085
(232)

(10,226)
2,568
39,011
18,359
(6,039)
(16,929)
(11,386)
—

208,513

(16,198)
(84,159)
651

(99,706)

(415,491)
417,262
(12,018)
—
(100,000)
11,751
(29,674)
(6,893)

(135,063)

(1,727)

(27,983)
148,884

38,636
(568)
19,582
(29,360)
7,167
—
4,252
1,045

(46,273)
(12,638)
(16,032)
27,492
15,228
24,998
17,596
(2,349)

185,733

(9,726)
(68,256)
35,348

(42,634)

(485,946)
401,965
(1,412)
(1,737)
(75,000)
13,520
(24,477)
(8,871)

(181,958)

(4,947)

(43,806)
192,690

$

$
$

$

$

120,901 $

148,884 $

12,310 $
66,038 $

15,570 $
49,842 $

120,732 $
169

120,901 $

146,185 $
2,699

148,884 $

45,756
(647)
13,450
(9,957)
2,847
—
(6,923)
(103)

(64,781)
(8,317)
18,597
13,413
28,298
5,662
(13,725)
—

141,487

(9,741)
(8,039)
820

(16,960)

(233,889)
243,553
(1,319)
—
(100,000)
18,555
(21,672)
(3,495)

(98,267)

3,452

29,712
162,978

192,690

11,504
72,578

189,975
2,715

192,690

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

65 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.           Description of Business 

We are a leading global provider of consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, infrastructure, 
resource management, energy, and international development. We are a global company that leads with science and is renowned for 
our expertise in providing water-related services for public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage of a project by 
identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and resources. Our solutions may span 
the entire life cycle of consulting and engineering projects and include applied science, data analysis, research, engineering, design, 
construction management, and operations and maintenance. 

Beginning in fiscal 2018, we aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, resulting in two renamed 
reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  (“GSG”)  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities  with  U.S. 
government clients (federal, state and local) and activities with development agencies worldwide. Our Commercial/International 
Services Group (“CIG”) reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. commercial clients and international activities 
other than work for development agencies. This alignment allows us to capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance 
the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet our growing client demand. We continue to report the results 
of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the Remediation and Construction Management (“RCM”) reportable 
segment. Certain reclassifications were made to the prior years to conform to the current-year presentation. 

2.           Basis of Presentation and Preparation 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.    The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of 
joint ventures of which we are the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated 
in consolidation.

Fiscal Year.    We report results of operations based on 52 or 53-week periods ending on the Sunday nearest September 30. 

Fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017 each contained 52 weeks.

Use of Estimates.    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America ("GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the 
amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although such estimates and assumptions are 
based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may take in the future, actual results could differ materially 
from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or 
less at the date of purchase. We record cash and cash equivalents as restricted when we are unable to freely use such cash and cash 
equivalents for our general operating purposes. As of fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 year-ends, we had restricted cash of $0.2 million 
and $2.7 million, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet, and it was included in our "Prepaid expenses and other current 
assets".

Insurance Matters, Litigation and Contingencies.    In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual 
guarantees and litigation. In addition, we maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. We record 
in our consolidated balance sheets amounts representing our estimated liability for these legal and insurance obligations.  Any 
adjustments to these liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statements of income.

Accounts Receivable – Net.    Net accounts receivable is primarily comprised of billed and unbilled accounts receivable, 
contract retentions and allowances for doubtful accounts. Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not 
been collected. Unbilled accounts receivable represent revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after 
the period end date. Most of our unbilled receivables at September 29, 2019 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 
months. Unbilled accounts receivable also include amounts related to requests for equitable adjustment to contracts that provide for 
price redetermination. These amounts are recorded only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. Contract 
retentions represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may be several 
months or years. Allowances for doubtful accounts represent the amounts that may become uncollectible or unrealizable in the 
future. We determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual 
and forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment history; type of client, such as a government agency 
or a commercial sector client; and general economic and particular industry conditions that may affect a client's ability to pay. 
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts represent the amount of cash collected from clients and billings to clients on 
contracts in advance of work performed and revenue recognized. The majority of these amounts will be earned within 12 months.

Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful 
lives using the straight-line method. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated 

66 

depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our consolidated 
statements of income. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Generally, estimated useful lives range 
from three  to  ten  years  for equipment,  furniture and  fixtures. Buildings are  depreciated over periods not exceeding 40  years. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the length of the 
lease.  Assets held for sale are carried at the lower of their carrying amount (i.e., net book value) or fair value less cost to sell and are 
reported as "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" on our consolidated balance sheets.

Long-Lived Assets.    Our policy regarding long-lived assets is to evaluate the recoverability of our assets when the facts 
and circumstances suggest that the assets may be impaired. This assessment is performed based on the estimated undiscounted cash 
flows compared to the carrying value of the assets. If the future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than 
the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value.

We recognize a liability for contract termination costs associated with an exit activity for costs that will continue to be 
incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to us, initially measured at its fair value at the cease-use date. 
The  fair  value  is  determined  based  on  the  remaining  lease  rentals,  adjusted  for  the  effects  of  any  prepaid  or  deferred  items 
recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals. 

Business Combinations.    The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and 
the liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of assets and liabilities 
acquired requires us to make estimates and use valuation techniques when a market value is not readily available. Any excess of 
purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  is  allocated  to  goodwill.  Goodwill  typically 
represents the value paid for the assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. Transaction costs associated with 
business combinations are expensed as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the 
net assets acquired in a business acquisition. Following an acquisition, we perform an analysis to value the acquired company's 
tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. With respect to identifiable intangible assets, we consider backlog, non-
compete agreements, client relations, trade names, patents and other assets. We amortize our intangible assets based on the period 
over which the contractual or economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be realized. We assess the recoverability of 
the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on expected future profitability 
and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the review indicate that the carrying 
value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the intangible assets would be recognized as an 
impairment loss.

We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when an event occurs, or circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. We believe the methodology that we use to review impairment 
of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine 
whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is impaired are 
outside of our control and it is reasonably likely that assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could 
result in future impairments. 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. Our last annual review 
was performed at July 1, 2019 (i.e., the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter). In addition, we regularly evaluate whether events and 
circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill 
impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and circumstances have occurred, including a deterioration in 
general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers, 
negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of 
relevant prior periods. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or 
one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. Our operating segments are the same as our reportable segments 
and  our  reporting  units  for  goodwill  impairment  testing  are  the  components  one  level  below  our  reportable  segments. These 
components constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and where segment management regularly 
reviews the operating results of that component. We aggregate components within an operating segment that have similar economic 
characteristics. 

The impairment test for goodwill involves the comparison of the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to the reporting 
unit's carrying value, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of reporting units based on a comparison and weighting of the 
income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method and the market approach, which estimates the fair value of our 
reporting units based upon comparable market prices and recent transactions and also validates the reasonableness of the multiples 
from the income approach. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of that reporting unit is not 
considered impaired. However, if its carrying value exceeds its fair value, our goodwill is impaired, and we are required to record a 

67 

non-cash charge that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.  An impairment loss recognized, 
if any, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

Contingent Consideration.    Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which are 
generally based on the achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our 
valuations of the acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not 
achieved.

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their 
respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial 
purchase  price  and  record  the  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  as  a  liability  in  "Current  contingent  earn-out 
liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors when 
determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 
acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and material 
component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price; and (2) the former owners of acquired companies that 
remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level compared with the 
compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in the 
fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the probability 
outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result 
in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of the contingent earn-out 
obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and 
amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the liability on the acquisition date is 
reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in excess of the liability 
on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities related to 
the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related 
to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments.    We determine the fair values of our financial instruments, including short-term 
investments, debt instruments and derivative instruments based on inputs or assumptions that market participants would use in 
pricing an asset or a liability. We categorize our instruments using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure 
fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in 
active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or 
inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full 
term of the financial instrument; and Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets 
and liabilities at fair value. The classification of a financial asset or liability within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest 
level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values 
based on their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of our revolving credit facility approximates fair value because the interest 
rates are based upon variable reference rates. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as contingent earn-out liabilities and amounts 
related to cash-flow hedges, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value. 

Our fair value measurement methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value 
or reflective of future fair values. Although we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other 
market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value could result in a different fair value 
measurement at the reporting date. 

Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carry them 
at fair value. For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that are designated as 
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity and reclassified into income in the same period or periods during which 
the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized 
in current income. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly effective in offsetting changes to 
expected future cash flows on hedged transactions.

68 

The net gain or loss on the effective portion of a derivative instrument that is designated as an economic hedge of the 
foreign currency translation exposure generated by the re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in a non-
functional currency in a foreign operation is reported in the same manner as a foreign currency translation adjustment. Accordingly, 
any gains or losses related to these derivative instruments are recognized in current income. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges 
are adjusted to fair value through current income. 

Deferred Compensation.    We maintain a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental retirement plan for certain key 
employees and non-employee directors that is accounted for in accordance with applicable authoritative guidance on accounting for 
deferred compensation arrangements where amounts earned are held in a rabbi trust and invested. Employee deferrals and our match 
are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual variable life insurance contracts that we own and 
are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. Our consolidated balance sheets reflect our investment in 
variable life insurance contracts in "Other long-term assets." Our obligation to participating employees is reflected in "Other long-
term liabilities." All income and expenses related to the rabbi trust are reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

Income Taxes.    We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, we file other returns that are required in 
the states, foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and expense items 
differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the difference 
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future 
based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. In determining the 
need for a valuation allowance, management reviews both positive and negative evidence, including current and historical results of 
operations, future income projections and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that a 
portion of the deferred tax assets at September 29, 2019 will not be realized.

According to the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit 
from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing 
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position 
should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. 
This guidance also addresses de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and 
disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. 

Concentration of Credit Risk.    Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents and net accounts receivable. In the event that we have surplus cash, we place our temporary cash investments with lower 
risk financial institutions and, by policy, limit the amount of investment exposure to any one financial institution. Approximately 
23% of accounts receivable were due from various agencies of the U.S. federal government at fiscal 2019 year-end. The remaining 
accounts  receivable  are  generally  diversified  due  to  the  large  number  of  organizations  comprising  our  client  base  and  their 
geographic dispersion. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our clients and maintain an allowance for potential credit losses. 
Approximately 49%, 23% and 28% of our fiscal 2019 revenue was generated from our U.S government, U.S. commercial and 
international clients, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation.    We determine the functional currency of our foreign operating units based upon the 
primary currency in which they operate. These operating units maintain their accounting records in their local currency, primarily 
Canadian and Australian dollars, and British pounds. Where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, translation of assets and 
liabilities to U.S. dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue and expenses to U.S. dollars is 
based on the average rate during the period. Translation gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income 
(loss). Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in income from operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements. 

New accounting pronouncements implemented by us during fiscal 2019 are discussed below.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09 ("ASC 606"), "Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers", which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from 
contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The 
guidance and the related ASUs were effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (first 
quarter of fiscal 2019 for us). On October 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method in which the new 
guidance was applied retrospectively to contracts that were not substantially completed as of the date of adoption. Results for the 
reporting period beginning after October 1, 2018 have been presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts have not been 
adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the previous guidance. See Note 3, "Revenue Recognition" for further 
discussion of the adoption and the impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance that generally requires companies to measure investments in other entities, 
except those accounted for under the equity method, at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income. The 

69 

guidance was effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter 
of fiscal 2019 for us). The adoption of this guidance had no impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires excess tax benefits and deficiencies on share-based 
payments to be recorded as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement rather than being recorded in additional paid-in 
capital. It also requires the presentation of employee taxes as financing activities on consolidated statements of cash flows, which 
was  previously  classified  as  operating  activities.  This  guidance  was  effective  for  annual  and  interim  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016 (first quarter of fiscal 2018 for us), with early adoption permitted.  In the first quarter of fiscal 2017, we adopted 
this guidance. At the beginning of fiscal 2019, we revised the presentation of "Net cash provided by operating activities" and "Net 
cash (used in) provided by financing activities" in the consolidated statement of cash flows for prior period to adjust the presentation 
of “Taxes paid on vested restricted stock” and appropriately reflect such amounts as financing activities. The adjustment resulted in 
an increase of  net cash provided by operating activities of $8.9 million and $3.5 million, and an increase of net cash used in 
financing activities of $8.9 million and $3.5 million for fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. We assessed the materiality of these 
adjustments on our consolidated financial statements for prior periods and concluded that the amounts were not material to any prior 
interim or annual periods. We elected to revise the presentation for comparability purposes. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance to address eight specific cash flow issues to reduce the existing diversity in 
practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The guidance 
was effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 
2019 for us). The adoption of this guidance had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires entities to recognize the income tax consequences of an 
intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The guidance was effective for fiscal reporting periods 
and interim reporting periods within those fiscal reporting periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 2019 
for us). The adoption of this guidance had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which provides amendments to address the classification and 
presentation of changes in restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The guidance was effective for fiscal years and interim 
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 2019 for us). The adoption of this 
guidance  had  no  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  updated  certain  captions  in  our  consolidated 
statements of cash flows to include restricted cash, which is reported in our "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" on the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to clarify when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based 
payment award must be accounted for as modifications. Under the updated guidance, modification accounting is required only if the 
fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award changes because of a change in terms or conditions. The guidance 
was effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 
2019 for us), on a prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) published Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update 
and  Simplification,  which  adopted  amendments  to  certain  disclosure  requirements  that  have  become  redundant,  duplicative, 
overlapping, outdated or superseded, considering other SEC disclosure requirements, U.S. GAAP, or changes in the information 
environment. As such, we removed the disclosure of cash dividends paid per share from our consolidated statements of income. 

New accounting pronouncements requiring implementation in future periods are discussed below. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires the rights and obligations associated with leasing arrangements 
be reflected on the balance sheet to increase transparency and comparability among organizations, and further clarified and amended 
this guidance.  Lessees will be required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for leases with 
terms greater than twelve months or leases that contain a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised. Lessees will 
classify leases as either finance or operating leases. Substantially all of our leases are operating leases, which will result in lease 
expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods 
beginning after December 15, 2018 (first quarter of fiscal 2020 for us). The new guidance will be applied to leases that exist or are 
entered into on or after September 30, 2019 (first day of our fiscal 2020) without adjusting comparative periods in the financial 
statements.  We expect to utilize the practical expedients that, upon adoption of this guidance,  allow us to (1) not reassess whether 
any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) retain the classification of leases (e.g., operating or finance lease) existing 
as of the date of adoption and (3) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.  We are in the final stages of evaluating our 
existing lease portfolio, including accumulating all of the necessary information required to properly account for leases under the 

70 

new guidance. Based on the most recent assessment of existing leases, the adoption of the guidance is expected to result in right-of-
use assets and lease liabilities that will be included on the balance sheet as of September 30, 2019 of approximately $300 million. 
We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated statements of income or cash flows. 
Our current amounts payable under non-cancelable lease commitments are disclosed in Note 11, "Leases". 

In June 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires entities to estimate all expected credit losses for certain 
types  of  financial  instruments,  including  trade  receivables,  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical  experience,  current 
conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The updated guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to enable users 
of financial statements to understand the entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating expected credit losses. This 
guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 (first quarter 
of fiscal 2021 for us). Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our 
consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance on hedging activities. The amendment better aligns an entity’s risk 
management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement 
guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and 
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018 (first quarter of fiscal 2020 for us). We do not expect 
the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance on reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated comprehensive 
income, which allows for a reclassification of stranded tax effects from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") from accumulated other 
comprehensive income to retained earnings. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 (first 
quarter of fiscal 2020 for us). We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial 
statements. 

In August 2018, The FASB issued updated guidance modifying certain fair value measurement disclosures. The updated 
guidance contains additional disclosures to enable users of the financial statements to better understand the entity’s assumption used 
to develop significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements, but also eliminates the requirement for entities to 
disclose the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 investments within the fair value hierarchy. This 
guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 (first quarter 
of fiscal 2021 for us). Early  adoption is permitted. We do not expect  the adoption of this guidance to have an  impact on our 
consolidated financial statements. 

3.           Revenue Recognition 

On October 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers", which supersedes most current 
revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. We adopted the standard on a modified retrospective basis 
which results in no restatement of the comparative periods presented and a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of 
the date of adoption. As part of our adoption, the new standard was applied only to those contracts that were not substantially 
completed as of the date of adoption.

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for contracts under ASC 606, we evaluate whether multiple contracts 
should be combined and accounted for as a single contract and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as 
having more than one performance obligation. The decision to combine a group of contracts or separate a combined or single 
contract  into  multiple  performance  obligations  may  impact  the  amount  of  revenue  recorded  in  a  given  period.  Contracts  are 
considered to have a  single performance obligation if the promises are  not separately identifiable from other promises in the 
contracts. 

At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised in a contract and identify, as a separate performance 
obligation, each distinct promise to transfer goods or services to the customer. The identified performance obligations represent the 
“unit of account” for purposes of determining revenue recognition. In order to properly identify separate performance obligations, 
we apply judgment in determining whether each good or service provided is: (a) capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can 
benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and (b) 
distinct within the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from 
other promises in the contract. 

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. We consider contract 
modifications to exist when the modification either creates new or changes the existing enforceable rights and obligations. Most of 

71 

our contract modifications are for goods or services that are not distinct from existing contracts due to the significant integration 
provided or significant interdependencies in the context of the contract and are accounted for as if they were part of the original 
contract. The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price and our measure of progress for the performance obligation to 
which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) on a cumulative catch-
up basis. 

We account for contract  modifications as a separate contract when the modification results in the promise to deliver 
additional goods or services that are distinct and the increase in price of the contract is for the same amount as the stand-alone 
selling price of the additional goods or services included in the modification. 

The transaction price represents the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring 
promised goods or services to our customers. The consideration promised within a contract may include fixed amounts, variable 
amounts, or both. The nature of our contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims, award fee 
incentives, fiscal funding clauses, and liquidated damages. We recognize revenue for variable consideration when it is probable that 
a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized for the contract will not occur. We estimate the amount of 
revenue to be recognized on variable consideration using either the expected value or the most likely amount method, whichever is 
expected to better predict the amount of consideration to be received. Project mobilization costs are generally charged to project 
costs as incurred when they are an integrated part of the performance obligation being transferred to the client. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and 
price, or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on claims is recognized only to the extent that contract costs related 
to the claims have been incurred and when it is probable that any significant revenue recognized related to the claim will not be 
reversed.  Factors considered in determining whether revenue associated with claims (including change orders in dispute and 
unapproved change orders in regard to both scope and price) should be recognized include the following: (a) the contract or other 
evidence provides a legal basis for the claim, (b) additional costs were caused by circumstances that were unforeseen at the contract 
date and not the result of deficiencies in our performance, (c) claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view 
of the work performed, and (d) evidence supporting the claim is objective and verifiable. This can lead to a situation in which costs 
are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained, or a claims 
resolution occurs. In some  cases,  contract  retentions are  withheld by clients  until certain conditions are  met or the  project  is 
completed, which may be several months or years. In these cases, we have not identified a significant financing component under 
ASC 606 as the timing difference in payment compared to delivery of obligations under the contract is not for purposes of financing. 

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation using 
a best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The standalone selling price is 
typically  determined  using  the  estimated  cost  of  the  contract  plus  a  margin  approach.  For  contracts  containing  variable 
consideration,  we  allocate  the  variability  to  a  specific  performance  obligation  within  the  contract  if  such  variability  relates 
specifically to our efforts to satisfy the performance obligation or transfer the distinct good or service, and the allocation depicts the 
amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled. 

We recognize revenue over time as the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a promised 
good or service to our customers. Progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a 
cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total 
estimated contract cost. This measure includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgment to 
faithfully depict the value of the services transferred to the customer. For certain on-call engineering or consulting and similar 
contracts, we recognize revenue in the amount which we have the right to invoice the customer if that amount corresponds directly 
with the value of our performance completed to date. 

Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that estimates of costs to complete a performance 
obligation will be revised in the near-term. For those performance obligations for which revenue is recognized using a cost-to-cost 
measure of progress method, changes in total estimated costs, and related progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance 
obligation, are recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis in the period in which the revisions to the estimates are made. When the 
current estimate of total costs indicates a loss, a provision for the entire estimated loss on the contract is made in the period in which 
the loss becomes evident. 

Contract Types 

Our  services  are  performed  under  three  principal  types  of  contracts:  fixed-price,  time-and-materials  and  cost-plus. 

Customer payments on contracts are typically due within 60 days of billing, depending on the contract. 

72 

Fixed-Price. Under fixed-price contracts, clients pay us an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified scope 

of work.

Time-and-Materials. Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based on 
the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs for materials and other 
direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. Most of our time-and-material 
contracts are subject to maximum contract values, and may include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

Cost-Plus. Under cost-plus contracts, we are reimbursed for allowed or otherwise defined costs incurred plus a negotiated 
fee. The contracts may also include incentives for various performance criteria, including quality, timeliness, ingenuity, safety and 
cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit agencies, and such 
reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract.  

Adoption 

Upon adoption on October 1, 2018, under the modified retrospective method, we recorded a cumulative effect adjustment 

to decrease retained earnings by $2.8 million on October 1, 2018, as well as the following cumulative effect adjustments: 

•  A decrease to contract assets of $5.0 million 
•  A decrease to contract liabilities of $1.1 million 
•  An increase to deferred tax assets of $1.1 million 

The decrease in retained earnings primarily resulted from a change in the way we determine the unit of account for projects 
(i.e.  performance  obligations).  Under  previous  guidance,  we  typically  accounted  for  a  contract  as  a  single  unit  of  revenue 
recognition. Upon adoption of ASC 606, we assess the nature of the promises in the contract and recognize revenue based on 
performance obligations within the respective contract or combined contract. 

The following table presents how the adoption of ASC 606 affected certain line items in our consolidated statements of 

income for fiscal year ended September 29, 2019: 

Revenue 

Income from operations 

Income tax expense 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Recognition 
Under Previous 
Guidance 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Impact of the 
Adoption of ASC 
606 

(in thousands) 

Recognition 
Under ASC 606 

$

3,105,621 $

1,727 $

3,107,348

187,035

(15,874)

157,442

1,727

(501)

1,226

188,762

(16,375)

158,668

The following table presents how the adoption of ASC 606 affected certain line items in our consolidated balance sheet as 

of September 29, 2019: 

73 

Assets 

Accounts receivable - net 
Contract assets (1)

Liabilities and equity 
Contract liabilities (2)
Deferred income taxes 

Equity (3)
Retained earnings 

Recognition 
Under 
Previous 
Guidance 

Impact of the 
Adoption of 
ASC 606 

(in thousands) 

Recognition 
Under ASC 606

$

$

770,164 $

117,750

(1,444) $

(3,426)

768,720

114,324

168,321 $

13,590

(2,710) $

(619)

165,611

12,971

$

1,072,732 $

(1,540) $

1,071,192

(1) Previously included in "Account receivable - net".
(2) Previously presented as "Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts".
(3) Includes $2.8 million of cumulative catch-up adjustment to retained earnings on October 1, 2018 upon adoption of ASC 606.

The following table presents how the adoption of ASC 606 affected certain line items in our consolidated statement of cash 

flows for fiscal year ended September 29, 2019: 

Recognition 
Under 
Previous 
Guidance 

Impact of the 
Adoption of 
ASC 606 

(in thousands) 

Recognition 
Under ASC 606

$

157,535 $

1,226 $

(38,116)

(17,434)

2,896

208,513

501

7,208

(8,935)

—

158,761

(37,615)

(10,226)

(6,039)

208,513

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 

Deferred income taxes 

Accounts receivable and contract assets 

Contract liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities 

We invoice customers based on the contractual terms of each contract. However, the timing of revenue recognition may 

differ from the timing of invoice issuance. 

As part of the adoption of ASC 606, contract assets have been bifurcated from billed and unbilled receivables. Contract 
assets represent revenue recognized in excess of the amounts for which we have the contractual right to bill our customers. Such 
amounts are recoverable from customers based upon various measures of performance, including achievement of certain milestones 
or completion of a contract. In addition, many of our time and materials arrangements are billed in arrears pursuant to contract terms 
that are standard within the industry, resulting in contract assets and/or unbilled receivables being recorded, as revenue is recognized 
in advance of billings. 

Contract liabilities consist of billings in excess of revenue recognized. Contract liabilities decrease as we recognize revenue 
from the satisfaction of the related performance obligation and increase as billings in advance of revenue recognition occur. Contract 
assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period. There were no 
substantial  non-current  contract  assets  or  liabilities  for  the  periods  presented.  Net  contract  liabilities/assets  consisted  of  the 
following: 

74 

Contract assets 

Contract liabilities 

Net contract liabilities 

Balance at 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30, 
2018 

(in thousands) 

$

$

114,324 $

165,611

(51,287) $

142,882

143,270

(388)

We recognized $90.0 million of revenue during fiscal 2019 that was included in contract liabilities as of September 30, 
2018. The amount of revenue recognized from changes in transaction price associated with performance obligations satisfied in prior 
periods during fiscal 2019 was not material. The change in transaction price primarily relates to reimbursement of costs incurred in 
prior periods. 

We recognize revenue from contracts primarily utilizing the cost-to-cost measure of progress method in order to estimate 
the progress towards completion and determine the amount of revenue and profit to recognize. Changes in those estimates could 
result in the recognition of cumulative catch-up adjustments to the contract’s inception-to-date revenue, costs and profit in the period 
in which such changes are made. As a result, we recognized net favorable operating income adjustments of $0.8 million for fiscal 
2019, compared to net unfavorable operating income adjustments of $11.2 million for fiscal 2018. Changes in revenue and cost 
estimates could also result in a projected loss, determined at the contract level, which would be recorded immediately in earnings. 
As of September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, our consolidated balance sheets included liabilities for anticipated losses of 
$11.5 million and $13.6 million, respectively. The estimated cost to complete the related contracts as of September 29, 2019 was 
$15.2 million. 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

We disaggregate revenue by client sector and contract type, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, timing, and 
uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  are  affected  by  economic  factors.  The  following  tables  provide  information  about 
disaggregated revenue and a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue: 

Client Sector 

U.S. state and local government 
U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. commercial 
International (2)

Total 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

587,364 $

469,231 $

941,102

719,314

859,568

974,384

788,398

732,135

353,062

901,136

764,643

734,519

$

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

2,753,360

(1)     Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.
(2)

Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients.

Other than the U.S. federal government, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the twelve months 

ended months ended September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018. 

75 

Contract Type 

Fixed-price 

Time-and-materials 

Cost-plus 

Total 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

$

1,048,157 $

986,910 $

1,509,901

549,290

1,395,148

582,090

909,197

1,264,546

579,617

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

2,753,360

Remaining Unsatisfied Performance Obligations (“RUPOs”) 

Our RUPOs represent a measure of the total dollar value of work to be performed on contracts awarded and in progress. We 
had $3.1 billion of RUPOs as of September 29, 2019. RUPOs increase with awards from new contracts or additions on existing 
contracts and decrease as work is performed and revenue is recognized on existing contracts. RUPOs may also decrease when 
projects are canceled or modified in scope. We include a contract within our RUPOs when the contract is awarded and an agreement 
on contract terms has been reached. 

We expect to satisfy our RUPOs as of September 29, 2019 over the following periods: 

Within 12 months 

Beyond 

Total 

Amount 

(in thousands) 

$

$

1,896,395

1,185,076

3,081,471

Although RUPOs reflect business that is considered to be firm, cancellations, deferrals or scope adjustments may occur. 
RUPOs are adjusted to reflect any known project cancellations, revisions to project scope and cost, foreign currency exchange 
fluctuations and project deferrals, as appropriate. Our operations and maintenance contracts can generally be terminated by the 
clients without a substantive financial penalty. Therefore, the remaining performance obligations on such contracts are limited to the 
notice period required for the termination (usually 30, 60, or 90 days). 

4.           Stock Repurchase and Dividends 

On  November  5,  2018,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock. This was in addition to the $25 million remaining as of fiscal 2018 year-end 
under the previous stock repurchase program. All of our repurchased shares were through open market purchases. As of the fiscal 
2019 year-end, we had $125 million remaining under our new program. The following table summarizes stock repurchase activity 
for fiscal 2018 and 2019: 

Fiscal Year 

2018 

2019 

2019 

2019 Total 

Stock Repurchase 
Program 
2018 Program 

Shares Repurchased 

Average Price Paid 
per Share 

Total Cost 
 (in thousands) 

1,491,569 $

50.28 $

75,000

2018 Program 

2019 Program 

430,559 $

1,131,962 $

1,562,521 $

58.06 $

66.26

64.00 $

25,000

75,000

100,000

The following table summarizes dividends declared and paid in fiscal 2019 and 2018: 

76 

Declaration Date 

November 5, 2018 

January 28, 2019 

April 29, 2019 

July 29, 2019 

$

$

$

$

Dividend Paid Per 
Share 

0.12

0.12

0.15

0.15

Total dividend paid as of September 29, 2019 

Record Date 

Payment Date 

November 30, 2018 

December 14, 2018 

$

February 13, 2019 

February 28, 2019 

May 15, 2019 

May 31, 2019 

August 14, 2019 

August 30, 2019 

November 6, 2017 

January 29, 2018 

April 30, 2018 

July 30, 2018 

$

$

$

$

0.10

0.10

0.12

0.12

November 30, 2017 

December 15, 2017 

February 14, 2018 

March 2, 2018 

May 16, 2018 

June 1, 2018 

August 16, 2018 

August 31, 2018 

Total dividend paid as of September 30, 2018 

Dividends Paid 
(in thousands) 

6,654
6,616

8,219

8,185

29,674

5,589

5,583

6,664

6,641

24,477

$

$

$

Subsequent Events.    On November 11, 2019, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per share 

payable on December 13, 2019 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 2, 2019.

    5.           Accounts Receivable - Net 

Net accounts receivable consisted of the following at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018: 

Billed 

Unbilled 

Total accounts receivable – gross 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Total accounts receivable – net 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

(in thousands) 

$

$

522,256 $

300,035

822,291

(53,571)

768,720 $

464,062

267,739

731,801

(37,580)

694,221

Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been collected. Unbilled accounts receivable, 
which represent an unconditional right to payment subject only to the passage of time, include unbilled amounts typically resulting 
from revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after the period end date. Most of our unbilled 
receivables at September 29, 2019 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 months. The allowance for doubtful accounts 
represents amounts that are expected to become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. We determine an estimated allowance for 
uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual and forecasted credit quality of our clients, 
including delinquency and payment history; type of client, such as a government agency or a commercial sector client; and general 
economic and industry conditions that may affect a client's ability to pay. 

Once contract performance is underway, we may experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, 
designs, materials and expectations regarding the period of performance. Such changes result in change orders and may be initiated 
by  us  or  by  our  clients.  In  many  cases,  agreement  with  the  client  as  to  the  terms  of  change  orders  is  reached  prior  to  work 
commencing; however, sometimes circumstances require that work progress without a definitive client agreement. Revenue and any 
corresponding receivable in these cases are recognized based on the policy described in Note 3, "Revenue Recognition" above. 

Total accounts receivable at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018 included approximately $15 million and $74 
million,  respectively,  related  to  claims,  including  requests  for  equitable  adjustment,  on  contracts  that  provide  for  price 
redetermination. We regularly evaluate all unsettled claim amounts and record appropriate adjustments to operating earnings when it 
is probable that the claim will result in a different contract value than the amount previously estimated. In fiscal 2019, we recognized 
reductions of revenue of $26.7 million and $4.6 million, and related losses in operating income of $28.2 million and $5.7 million in 
our CIG and RCM segments, respectively, primarily due to the resolution of several claims in fiscal 2019 for amounts lower than we 
previously expected. In fiscal 2018, we recognized a reduction of revenue of $10.6 million and related losses in operating income of 
$12.5 million in our CIG segment for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014 prior to our decision to 
exit similar activities in the RCM segment. 

77 

On  our  state  and  local  government  contracts,  billed  accounts  receivable  were  $129.3  million  and  $89.3  million  at 
September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. The total of unbilled receivables and contract assets were $59.6 million 
and $38.6 million at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively. Other than the state and local governments and U.S. 
federal government, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at September 29, 2019 and September 
30, 2018. 

       6.           Acquisitions and Divestitures 

In fiscal 2017, we acquired Eco Logical Australia (“ELA”), headquartered in Sydney, Australia. ELA is a multi-disciplinary 
consulting firm with over 160 staff that provides innovative, high-end environmental and ecological services, and is part of our CIG 
segment. The fair value of the purchase price for ELA was $9.9 million. Of this amount, $8.3 million was paid to the sellers and $1.6 
million  was  the  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent  earn-out  obligations,  with  a  maximum  of  $1.7  million,  based  upon  the 
achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the two years following the acquisition. 

In fiscal 2018, we acquired Glumac, headquartered in Portland, Oregon. Glumac is a leader in sustainable infrastructure 
design with more than 300 employees and is part of our GSG segment. The fair value of the purchase price for Glumac was $38.4 
million. This amount is comprised of $20.0 million of initial cash payments made to the sellers and $18.4 million for the estimated 
fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $20.0 million payable, based upon the achievement of specified 
operating income targets in each of the three years following the acquisition. 

In fiscal 2018, we acquired Norman Disney & Young (“NDY”), a leader in sustainable infrastructure engineering design. 
NDY is an Australian-based global engineering design firm  with more than 700 professionals operating in offices throughout 
Australia, the Asia-Pacific region, the United Kingdom, and Canada and is part of our CIG segment. The fair value of the purchase 
price for NDY was $56.1 million. This amount is comprised of $46.9 million of initial cash payments made to the sellers, $1.6 
million held in escrow, and $7.6 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum amount of 
$20.2 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the three years following the acquisition. 

 In  fiscal  2018,  we  divested  our  non-core  utility  field  services  operations  in  the  CIG  segment  for  net  proceeds  after 
transaction costs of $30.2 million. This operation generated approximately $70 million in annual revenue primarily from our U.S. 
commercial clients.  We also divested non-core assets during the third quarter of fiscal 2018 further described in Note 8, "Property 
and Equipment" resulting in a pre-tax loss of $3.4 million, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses for 
fiscal 2018. 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2019, we acquired eGlobalTech ("EGT"), a high-end information technology solutions, cloud 
migration, cybersecurity, and management consulting firm based in Arlington, Virginia. EGT is part of our GSG segment. The fair 
value of the purchase price was $49.1 million. This amount was comprised of a $24.7 million promissory note issued to the sellers 
(which was subsequently paid in full in the third quarter of fiscal 2019), $3.3 million of payables related to estimated post-closing 
adjustments  for  net  assets  acquired,  and  $21.1  million  for  the  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent  earn-out  obligations,  with  a 
maximum of $25.0 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the three years following 
the acquisition. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we acquired WYG plc (“WYG”), which employs approximately 1,600 staff primarily in 
the United Kingdom and Europe, delivering consulting and engineering solutions for complex projects across key service areas 
including planning, water and environment, transport, infrastructure, the built environment, architecture, urban design, surveying, 
asset management, program management, and international development. WYG’s UK based consulting and engineering business is 
part of our CIG segment, while its international development business is part of our GSG segment. The fair value of the purchase 
price was $54.2 million, entirely paid in cash. In addition, we assumed a net debt of $11.5 million, which was subsequently paid in 
full in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. We also incurred $10.4 million in acquisition and transaction costs related to the WYG 
acquisition in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. 

Goodwill additions resulting from the above business combinations are primarily attributable to the existing workforce of 
the acquired companies and the synergies expected to arise after the acquisitions. Fiscal 2018 goodwill additions represent the value 
of a workforce with distinct expertise in the sustainable infrastructure design market. The goodwill additions related to our fiscal 
2019 acquisitions represent the value of a workforce  with emerging technology and new techniques that incorporate artificial 
intelligence,  data  analytics  and  advanced  cybersecurity  solutions  for  government  and  commercial  clients,  and  expanding  our 
geographic presence in the UK with a strong platform for growth in the UK and Europe. In addition, these acquired capabilities, 
when combined with our existing global consulting and engineering business, result in opportunities that allow us to provide services 
under  contracts  that  could  not  have  been  pursued  individually  by  either  us  or  the  acquired  companies. The  results  of  these 

78 

acquisitions were included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective closing dates. These acquisitions were not 
considered material to our consolidated financial statements. As a result, no pro forma information has been provided. 

Backlog, client relations and trade name intangible assets include the fair value of existing contracts and the underlying 

customer relationships with lives ranging from 1 to 10 years, and trade names with lives ranging from 3 to 5 years. 

Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out agreements, which are generally based on the achievement 
of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based on our valuations of the acquired companies 
and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. The fair values of any earn-out 
arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective acquisition dates. For each 
transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial purchase price and record the estimated 
fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in “Current contingent earn-out liabilities” and “Long-term contingent earn-out 
liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are 
part of the  purchase  price, including the following: (1)  the valuation of our acquisitions is not supported solely  by the initial 
consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out  formula  is  a  critical  and  material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to 
determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive 
compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation of our other key 
employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability-weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in the 
fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the probability 
outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result 
in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of the contingent earn-out 
obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and 
amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent earn-out liability on the 
acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in 
excess of the contingent earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities in our consolidated 
statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities related to 
the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related 
to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

In fiscal 2019, we recorded adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported a related net loss of $1.1 million 
in operating income. These adjustments resulted from the updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities, which reflect 
updated projections of acquired companies' financial performance during their respective earn-out periods. In fiscal 2018,  we 
recorded adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported related losses in operating income of $4.3 million. These 
losses resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for NDY, ELA and Cornerstone Environmental 
Group ("CEG"), as the financial performance during the earn-out periods exceeded our original estimates at the acquisition dates. 

At September 29, 2019, there was a total maximum of $72.4 million of outstanding contingent consideration related to 

acquisitions. Of this amount, $53.0 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet. 

79 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of estimated contingent earn-out liabilities: 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

Beginning balance (at fair value) 

$

35,290 $

2,438 $

Estimated earn-out liabilities for acquisitions during the fiscal year 

Increases due to re-measurement of fair value reported in interest expense

Net increase (decrease) due to re-measurement of fair value reported as 
losses (gains) in operating income 

Foreign exchange impact 

Earn-out payments: 

Reported as cash used in operating activities 

Reported as cash used in financing activities 

Ending balance (at fair value) 

7.           Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

27,704

1,489

1,085

(558)

—

(12,018)

32,210

1,005

4,252

(854)

(2,349)

(1,412)

$

52,992 $

35,290 $

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill: 

8,757

1,604

260

(6,923)

59

—

(1,319)

2,438

GSG 

CIG 

Total 

(in thousands) 

Balance at October 1, 2017 

$

361,761 $

379,125 $

Acquisitions 

Divestiture 

Translation and other 

Balance at September 30, 2018 

Acquisitions 

Impairment 

Translation and other 

Balance at September 29, 2019 

27,526

—

454

389,741

53,098

—

(1,037)

58,353

(12,160)

(16,239)

409,079

93,601

(7,755)

(11,907)

740,886

85,879

(12,160)

(15,785)

798,820

146,699

(7,755)

(12,944)

$

441,802 $

483,018 $

924,820

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. Our last review at July 1, 
2019 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2019), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting 
units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. All of our reporting units had 
estimated fair values that exceeded their carrying values by more than 25%. 

 We also regularly evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in the 
recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and 
circumstances have occurred, such as a deterioration in general economic conditions; an increase in the competitive environment; a 
change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; negative or declining cash flows; or a decline in actual or planned 
revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods. Although we believe that our estimates of 
fair value for these reporting units are reasonable, if financial performance for these reporting units falls significantly below our 
expectations or market prices for similar business decline, the goodwill for these reporting units could become impaired. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we performed as strategic review of our operations. As a result, we decided to 
dispose of our Canadian turn-key pipeline activities in the Remediation and Field Services ("RFS") reporting unit, which is in the 
CIG reportable segment.  We performed an interim goodwill impairment review of the RFS reporting unit and recorded a $7.8 
million goodwill impairment charge. As a result of the impairment charge, the estimated fair value of the RFS reporting unit equals 
its  carrying  value  of  $61  million  at  September  29,  2019,  including  the  remaining  $48.8  million  of  goodwill.  If  the  financial 
performance of the remaining operations in the RFS reporting unit were to fall below our revenue growth or operating profit margin 

80 

forecasts, or we are required to increase the discount rate used in our cash flow analysis, the related goodwill may become further 
impaired. 

Foreign exchange translation relates to the goodwill balances of our foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies that are 
different than our reporting currency. The gross amounts of goodwill for GSG were $459.5 million and $407.4 million at September 
29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively, excluding $17.7 million of accumulated impairment. The gross amounts of goodwill 
for CIG were $588.7 million and $507.0 million at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, respectively, excluding $105.7 
million and $97.9 million, respectively, of accumulated impairment. 

The gross amount and accumulated amortization of our acquired identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives 

included in "Intangible assets – net" on the consolidated balance sheets, were as follows: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29, 2019 

September 30, 2018 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Life 
(in years) 

Gross 
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross 
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization

($ in thousands) 

Non-compete agreements 

Client relations 

Backlog 

Technology and trade names 

Total 

— 

2.8 

1.2 

2.3 

$

$

— $

— $

83 $

56,779

32,229

7,714

(50,455)

(24,968)

(4,859)

54,639

23,371

8,144

96,722 $

(80,282) $

86,237 $

(83)

(46,449)

(20,007)

(3,575)

(70,114)

Foreign currency translation adjustments reduced net identifiable intangible assets by $0.3 million and $0.9 million in fiscal 
2019 and 2018, respectively. Amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $11.6 
million, $18.2 million and $22.8 million, respectively. 

Estimated amortization expense for the succeeding four years is as follows: 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Total 

8.           Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following: 

Amount 

(in thousands)

$

$

9,401

4,551

1,602

886

16,440

81 

Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Leasehold improvements 

Land and buildings 

Total property and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

Property and equipment, net 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

(in thousands) 

$

114,652 $

34,881

371

149,904

(110,463)

131,521

31,430

413

163,364

(120,086)

$

39,441 $

43,278

The depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $17.3 million, $19.6 million and $22.2 million for fiscal 
2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we classified $5.4 million of net assets as held-for-sale and 
reported them as "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" on our consolidated balance sheet as of September 29, 2019.  In fiscal 
2018, our property and equipment declined $7.0 million ($3.0 million of which was land and buildings) due to the divestitures of our 
non-core utility field services operations in the CIG reportable segment and certain non-core assets. 

9.           Income Taxes 

The income before income taxes, by geographic area, was as follows: 

Income before income taxes: 

United States 

Foreign 

Total income before income taxes 

Income tax expense consisted of the following: 

Current: 

Federal 

State 

Foreign 

Total current income tax expense 

Deferred: 

Federal 

State 

Foreign 

Total deferred income tax expense 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

$

185,535 $

180,034 $

166,074

(10,399)

(5,472)

5,687

175,136 $

174,562 $

171,761

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands)

October 1, 
 2017 

$

30,051 $

46,840 $

8,923

15,016

53,990

(9,108)

(1,195)

(27,312)

(37,615)

9,228

10,897

66,965

(22,072)

(1,471)

(5,817)

(29,360)

45,604

8,860

9,337

63,801

(4,251)

(945)

(4,761)

(9,957)

Total income tax expense 

$

16,375 $

37,605 $

53,844

82 

Total income tax expense was different from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to pre-tax 

income as follows: 

Tax at federal statutory rate 
State taxes, net of federal benefit 

Research and Development ("R&D") credits 

Domestic production deduction 

Tax differential on foreign earnings 

Non-taxable foreign interest income 

Goodwill 

Stock compensation 

Valuation allowance 

Change in uncertain tax positions 

Revaluation of deferred taxes 

Deferred tax adjustments 

Transition tax on foreign earnings 

Other 

Total income tax expense 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 
21.0% 

September 30,
 2018 
24.5% 

October 1, 
 2017 
35.0% 

3.4 

(4.7) 

— 

1.0 

(1.7) 

0.9 

(2.4) 

(13.5) 

2.4 

(1.4) 

(0.4) 

1.4 

3.3 

9.3% 

4.2 

(1.4) 

(0.2) 

0.5 

(2.0) 

1.7 

(2.7) 

(0.5) 

1.9 

(8.4) 

2.1 

— 

1.8 

21.5% 

3.4 

(1.8) 

(0.7) 

— 

(2.9) 

— 

(2.8) 

(0.5) 

1.8 

— 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

31.3% 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 9.3%, 21.5% and 31.3%, respectively. These tax rates reflect the 
impact of the comprehensive tax legislation enacted by the U.S. government on December 22, 2017, which is commonly referred to 
as the TCJA. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the U.S. 
corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the deduction for domestic production activities, 
limiting  the  deductibility  of  certain  executive  compensation,  and  implementing  a  modified  territorial  tax  system  with  the 
introduction of the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income ("GILTI") tax rules. The TCJA also imposed a one-time transition tax on 
deemed repatriation of historical earnings of foreign subsidiaries. In fiscal 2019, we finalized our fiscal 2018 U.S. federal tax return 
and recorded a $2.4 million tax expense with respect to the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings. As we have a September 30 
fiscal year-end, our U.S. federal corporate income tax rate was blended in fiscal 2018, resulting in a statutory federal rate of 24.5% 
(3 months at 35% and 9 months at 21%), and was 21% in fiscal 2019. 

U.S. GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the tax law was enacted.  As a 
result of the TCJA, we reduced our deferred tax liabilities and recorded a deferred tax benefit of $10.1 million in fiscal 2018 to 
reflect our estimate of temporary differences in the United States that were to be recovered or settled in fiscal 2018 based on the 
24.5% blended corporate tax rate or based on the 21% tax rate in fiscal 2019 and beyond versus the previous enacted 35% corporate 
tax rate. We finalized this analysis in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and recorded an additional deferred tax benefit of $2.6 million. 

Valuation allowances of $23.4 million in Australia were released due to sufficient positive evidence being obtained in fiscal 
2019. The valuation allowances were primarily related to net operating loss and R&D credit carry-forwards and other temporary 
differences. We evaluated the positive evidence against any negative evidence and determined that it was more likely than not that 
the deferred tax assets will be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization were the past performance of the 
related entities, our forecast of future taxable income, and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the 
deferred tax assets. Excluding the net deferred tax benefits from the TCJA and the release of the valuation allowance, our effective 
tax rate in fiscal 2019 was 21.9% in fiscal 2019 compared to 25.1% in fiscal 2018 primarily due to the reduced U.S. corporate 
income tax rate. 

With respect to the GILTI provisions of the TCJA, we have analyzed our structure and global results of operations and 

expect to have a GILTI tax of $0.4 million for fiscal 2019, which was included in our fiscal 2019 income tax expense. 

We are currently under examination by the Canada Revenue Agency for fiscal years 2011 through 2016 and the California 
Franchise Tax Board for fiscal years 2014 through 2016. We are also subject to various other state audits. With a few exceptions, we 
are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2011. 

83 

Temporary differences comprising the net deferred income tax liability shown on the accompanying consolidated balance 

sheets were as follows: 

Deferred Tax Assets: 

State taxes 

Reserves and contingent liabilities 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Accrued liabilities 

Stock-based compensation 

Loss carry-forwards 

Valuation allowance 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred Tax Liabilities: 

Unbilled revenue 

Prepaid expense 

Intangibles 

Property and equipment 

Total deferred tax liability 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

(in thousands) 

$

764 $

5,500

7,506

28,232

6,700

39,782

(20,543)

67,941

(21,886)

(3,026)

(26,482)

(1,133)

(52,527)

1,220

2,646

4,259

19,611

6,338

23,492

(21,479)

36,087

(25,819)

(3,524)

(23,319)

(4,984)

(57,646)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) 

$

15,414 $

(21,559)

At  September 29,  2019,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in  Canada,  amounting  to 
approximately $44.0 million are expected to be permanently reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for foreign withholding taxes has 
been made. Upon distribution of those earnings, we would be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Assuming the permanently 
reinvested foreign earnings were repatriated under the laws and rates applicable at September 29, 2019, the incremental foreign 
withholding taxes applicable to those earnings would be approximately $1.1 million. 

At September 29, 2019, we had available unused state net operating loss ("NOL") carry forwards of $43.7 million that 
expire at various dates from 2024 to 2037; and available foreign NOL carry forwards of $134.7 million, of which $29.7 million
expire at various dates from 2024 to 2039, and $105.0 million have no expiration date. We have performed an assessment of positive 
and negative evidence regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled 
reversals of deferred tax liabilities, availability of carrybacks, cumulative losses in recent years, and estimates of projected future 
taxable income. Although realization is not assured, based on our assessment, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that 
the assets will be realized except for the assets related to the loss carry-forwards and certain foreign intangibles for which a valuation 
allowance of $20.5 million has been provided. 

At September 29, 2019, we had $9.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our 
effective tax rate. It is not expected that there will be a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. A 
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

84 

Beginning balance 

Additions for current year tax positions 

Additions for prior year tax positions 

Reductions for prior year tax positions 

Settlements 

Ending balance 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

$

8,328 $

1,342

356

(100)

(757)

9,169 $

9,337 $

1,928

1,116

—

(4,053)

8,328 $

22,786

1,060

2,365

(6,875)

(9,999)

9,337

We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During fiscal years 
2019, 2018 and 2017, we accrued additional interest expense of $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and 
recorded reductions in accrued interest of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, as a result of audit settlements 
and other prior-year adjustments. The amount of interest and penalties accrued at September 29, 2019, September 30, 2018 and 
October 1, 2017 was $2.4 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. 

10.           Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consisted of the following: 

Credit facilities 

Capital leases 

Total long-term debt 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt 

Long-term debt, less current portion 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

(in thousands) 

$

$

276,434 $

277,127

87

276,521

(12,572)

263,949 $

184

277,311

(12,599)

264,712

On July 30, 2018, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amended Credit Agreement”) with 
a total borrowing capacity of $1 billion that will mature in July 2023. The Amended Credit Agreement is a $700 million senior 
secured, five-year facility that provides for a $250 million term loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan Facility”) a $450 million 
revolving credit facility (the “Amended Revolving Credit Facility”), and a $300 million accordion feature that allows us to increase 
the Amended Credit Agreement to $1 billion subject to lender approval. The Amended Credit Agreement allows us to, among other 
things, (i) refinance indebtedness under our Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013; (ii) finance certain permitted open market 
repurchases of our common stock, permitted acquisitions, and cash dividends and distributions; and (iii) utilize the proceeds for 
working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. The Amended Revolving Credit Facility includes a $100 
million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans, and a $200 million sublimit 
for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on July 30, 2018. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to 
quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually beginning December 31, 2018. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a base rate 
for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the Eurocurrency 
rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin is based on our 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to the same interest rate provisions. 
The Amended Credit Agreement expires on July 30, 2023, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and other 
obligations. 

At September 29, 2019, we had $276.4 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was comprised of $240.6 million under the Term Loan Facility and $35.8 million under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility at a 
year-to-date weighted-average interest rate of 3.37% per annum. In addition, we had $0.7 million in standby letters of credit under 

85 

the Amended Credit Agreement. Our average effective weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding during the year-to-
date period ending September 29, 2019 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate swap agreements 
described in Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments", was 3.65%. At September 29, 2019, we had $413.3 million of available 
credit under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains certain affirmative and restrictive covenants, and customary events of default. 
The financial covenants provide for a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (total funded debt/EBITDA, as defined 
in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (EBITDA/Consolidated 
Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement  are 
guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our 
subsidiaries, including those  subsidiaries that  are  guarantors or borrowers  under  the Amended Credit Agreement, and (ii) the 
accounts receivable, general intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

At September 29, 2019, we were in compliance with these covenants with a consolidated leverage ratio of 1.30x and a 
consolidated interest coverage ratio of 16.51x. Our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of 
our subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, including those 
subsidiaries that are guarantors or  borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (ii) our accounts  receivable,  general 
intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

In addition to the credit facility, we entered into agreements to issue standby letters of credit. The aggregate amount of 
standby letters of credit outstanding under these additional agreements and other bank guarantees was $41.4 million, of which $10.2 
million was issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

We maintain at our Australian subsidiary an AUD$30 million credit facility, which may be used for bank overdrafts, short-
term cash advances and bank guarantees. This facility expires in March 2020 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At September 29, 
2019, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility and bank guarantees outstanding of USD$6.1 million, which were 
issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

We maintain at our United Kingdom subsidiary a GBP£35 million credit facility, which may be used for bank overdrafts, 
short-term cash advances and bank guarantees. This facility expires in July 2020 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At September 
29, 2019, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility and bank guarantees outstanding of USD$17.4 million, which 
were issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

The following table presents scheduled maturities of our long-term debt: 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Total 

Amount 

(in thousands) 

$

$

12,572

12,515

15,625

235,809

276,521

86 

11.         Leases 

We lease office and field equipment, vehicles and buildings under various operating leases. In fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, 
we recognized $79.3 million, $77.8 million and $71.3 million of expense related to operating leases, respectively. The following 
amounts are payable under non-cancelable operating and capital lease commitments for the next five fiscal years and beyond: 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

Beyond 

Total 

Net present value 

Operating 

Capital 

(in thousands) 

$

108,758 $

66,418

51,424

36,463

25,777

54,692

$

343,532 $

$

72

15

—

—

—

—

87

87

12.         Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation Plans 

At September 29, 2019, we had the following stock-based compensation plans: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP").  Purchase rights to purchase common stock are granted to our eligible full 
and part-time employees, and shares of common stock are issued upon exercise of the purchase rights. An aggregate 
of 3,454,102 shares may be issued pursuant to such exercise. The maximum amount that an employee can contribute 
during a purchase right period is $5,000. The exercise price of a purchase right is the lesser of 100% of the fair 
market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase right period or 85% of the fair market 
value on the last day of the purchase right period (December 15, or the business day preceding December 15 if 
December 15 is not a business day). 

2005 Equity Incentive Plan ("2005 EIP").  Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity 
awards,  including  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs").  Options  granted  before 
March 6, 2006 vested at 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the balance vests monthly thereafter, 
such that these options become fully vested no later than four years from the date of grant. These options expire no 
later  than  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  Options  granted  on  and  after  March 6,  2006  vest  at  25%  on  each 
anniversary of the grant date. These options expire no later than eight years from the grant date. RSUs granted to 
date vest at 25% on each anniversary of the grant date. 

Our Compensation Committee has also awarded restricted stock to executive officers and non-employee directors 
under  the  2005  EIP.  Restricted  stock  grants  generally  vest  over  a  minimum  three-year  period,  and  may  be 
performance-based, determined by EPS growth, or service-based. No awards have made under the 2005 EIP since 
the adoption of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan described below. 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan ("2015 EIP").  Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity 
awards, including stock options, performance share units ("PSUs") and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards 
granted under the 2015 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value 
awards", are counted against the 2015 EIP's aggregate share limit as three shares for every share or unit actually 
issued. No awards have made under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan since the adoption of the 2018 Equity Incentive 
Plan on March 8, 2018 described below. 

2018 Equity Incentive Plan ("2018 EIP"). Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity 
awards, including stock options, performance share units ("PSUs") and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards 
granted under the 2018 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value 
awards", are counted against the 2018 EIP's aggregate share limit as one share for every share or unit issued. At 
September 29, 2019, there were 2.7 million shares available for future awards pursuant to the 2018 EIP. 

The stock-based compensation and related income tax benefits were as follows: 

87 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

Total stock-based compensation 

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation 

Stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit 

$

$

17,618 $

19,582 $

(4,016)

(5,288)

13,602 $

14,294 $

13,450

(4,715)

8,735

Stock Options 

Stock option activity for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2019 was as follows: 

Number of 
Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price 
per Share 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(in thousands) 

Outstanding on September 30, 2018 

1,355 $

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at September 29, 2019 

Vested or expected to vest at September 29, 
2019 
Exercisable on September 29, 2019 

(456)

(5)

894

894

671

30.87

26.21

23.48

33.28

33.28

30.75

5.08 

$

46,176

5.08 

4.33 

46,176

36,346

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock 
price on the last trading day of fiscal 2019 and the exercise price, times the number of shares) that would have been received by the 
in-the-money option holders if they had exercised their options on September 29, 2019. This amount will change based on the fair 
market value of our stock. At September 29, 2019, we expect to recognize $2.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to 
stock option grants over a weighted-average period of 1 year. 

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2019. The weighted-average fair value of each stock option granted during fiscal 
2018 and 2017 was  $14.82 and $12.35, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 
2017 was $20.4 million, $14.4 million and $16.4 million, respectively. 

The fair value of our stock options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. There 

were no options granted in fiscal 2019. The following assumptions were used in the calculation for fiscal 2018 and 2017: 

Dividend yield 
Expected stock price volatility 

Risk-free rate of return, annual 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 
1.0% 

October 1, 
 2017 
1.0% 

36.1% -  38.8% 

36.1% -  38.8% 

1.7% -  2.9% 

1.7% -  1.9% 

For purposes of the Black-Scholes model, forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience. For the fiscal 2018 and 
2017 year-ends, we based our expected stock price volatility on historical volatility behavior and current implied volatility behavior. 
Our risk-free rate of return was based on constant maturity rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. The expected life was based on 
historical experience. 

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $11.8 million, $13.5 million and $18.6 million for fiscal 2019, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. Our policy is to issue shares from our authorized shares upon the exercise of stock options. The actual 
income tax benefit realized from exercises of nonqualified stock options and disqualifying dispositions of qualified options for fiscal 
2019, 2018 and 2017 was $6.4 million, $5.1 million and $4.9 million, respectively. 

88 

RSU and PSU 

RSU awards are granted to our key employee and non-employee directors. The fair value of the RSU was determined at the 
date of grant using the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant. All of the RSUs have time-based vesting 
over a four-year period, except that RSUs awarded to directors vest after one year. The total compensation cost of the awards is then 
amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

PSU awards are granted to our executive officers and non-employee directors. All of the PSUs are performance-based and 
vest, if at all, after the conclusion of the three-year performance period.  The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based on 50% 
on the growth in our EPS and 50% on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period. For the performance-based 
awards, our expected performance is reviewed to estimate the percentage of shares that will vest. The total compensation cost of the 
awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

A summary of the RSU and PSU activity under our stock plans is as follows: 

RSU 

PSU 

Number of 
Shares  
(in thousands)

Weighted- 
Average  
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
per Share 

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2016 

499 $

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested balance at October 1, 2017 

Granted 

Vested 
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited 

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2018 

Granted 

Vested 
Adjustment (1)
Forfeited 

Nonvested balance at September 29, 2019 

226

(186)

(28)

511

199

(184)

—

(38)

488

179

(180)

—

(17)

470

27.16

41.00

26.98

30.15

33.19

48.16

31.85

—

36.39

39.56

66.26

36.95

—

48.56

50.42

Number of 
Shares 
(in thousands) 

277 $

99

—

—

376

99

(270)

131

(13)

323

90

(108)

79

—

384

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
per Share 

31.65

48.36

—

—

36.05

57.40

31.66

31.66

41.80

44.27

80.41

31.63

31.63

—

53.67

(1)   For fiscal 2018, includes a payout adjustment of 130,730 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2015 that vested fiscal 
2018.  For fiscal 2019, includes a payout adjustment of 79,465 PSUs due to the actual performance level achieved for PSUs granted in fiscal 2016 that vested 
during fiscal 2019.

During fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, we awarded 179,478, 198,960 and 226,241 shares of RSUs, respectively, to our key 
employees and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 
2017 was $66.26, $48.16 and $41.00, respectively. At September 29, 2019, there were 469,568 RSUs outstanding. RSU forfeitures 
result from employment terminations prior to vesting. Forfeited shares return to the pool of authorized shares available for award. 

During fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, we awarded 89,816, 99,217 and 99,180 shares of PSUs, respectively, to our executive 
officers and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 
was $80.41, $57.40 and $48.36, respectively. 

The stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs and PSUs for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $15.4 million, $15.5 
million and $10.6 million, respectively, and was included in total stock-based compensation expense.  At September 29, 2019, there 
was $23.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to nonvested RSUs and PSUs that will be substantially 
recognized by the end of fiscal 2021. 

89 

ESPP 

The following table summarizes shares purchased, weighted-average purchase price, cash received and the aggregate 

intrinsic value for shares purchased under the ESPP: 

Shares purchased 

Weighted-average purchase price 

Cash received from exercise of purchase rights 

Aggregate intrinsic value 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 

October 1, 
September 30,
 2017 
 2018 
(in thousands, except for purchase price) 

148

46.38 $

6,844 $

277 $

141

40.38 $

5,727 $

337 $

190

26.02

4,940

—

$

$

$

The grant date fair value of each award granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following assumptions: 

Dividend yield 

Expected stock price volatility 

Risk-free rate of return, annual 

Expected life (in years) 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
 2019 
1.0% 

September 30,
 2018 
1.0% 

October 1, 
 2017 
1.0% 

26.7% 

2.6% 

1 

24.0% 

1.8% 

1 

22.4% 

0.9% 

1 

For fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, we based our expected stock price volatility on historical volatility behavior and current 
implied volatility behavior. The risk-free rate of return was based on constant maturity rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. The 
expected life was based on the ESPP terms and conditions. 

Stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 included $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, 
respectively,  related  to  the  ESPP.  The  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  costs  for  awards  granted  under  the  ESPP  at 
September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018 were $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. At September 29, 2019, ESPP 
participants had accumulated $4.3 million to purchase our common stock. 

13.         Retirement Plans 

We maintain defined contribution plans in various countries where we have employees. This primarily includes 401(k) 
plans in the United States. For fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, employer contributions to the U.S. plans were $23.3 million, $22.4 
million and $11.4 million, respectively. 

We have established a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain key employees and non-employee directors. 
Eligible employees and non-employee directors may elect to defer the receipt of salary, incentive payments, restricted stock, PSU 
and RSU awards, and non-employee director fees, which are generally invested by us in individual variable life insurance contracts 
we own that are designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. At September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the 
consolidated balance sheets reflect assets of $30.4 million and $29.4 million, respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan 
in "Other long-term assets," and liabilities of $29.5 million and $30.2 million, respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan 
in "Other long-term liabilities." 

14.         Earnings per Share 

The following table sets forth the number of weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted EPS: 

90 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29,
September 30,
October 1, 
 2017 
 2018 
 2019 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

$

158,668 $

136,883 $

117,874

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic 
Effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted stock 

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – diluted 

54,986
950

55,936

55,670
928

56,598

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

$

$

2.89 $

2.84 $

2.46 $

2.42 $

56,911
1,002

57,913

2.07

2.04

For fiscal 2018, 0.1 million options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares. For fiscal 2019 
and 2017, no options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares. These options were not included in 
the computation of dilutive potential common shares because the assumed proceeds per share exceeded the average market price per 
share for that period. Therefore, their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

15.         Derivative Financial Instruments 

We use certain interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate exposures on our variable rate debt. We also enter into 
foreign currency derivative contracts with financial institutions to reduce the risk that cash flows and earnings will be adversely 
affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Our hedging program is not designated for trading or speculative purposes. 

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at fair 
value. We record changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives that have been designated as cash flow hedges in 
our consolidated balance sheets as accumulated other comprehensive income, and in our consolidated statements of income for those 
derivatives designated as fair value hedges. 

In fiscal 2018, we entered into five interest rate swap agreements that we designated as cash flow hedges to fix the interest 
rates on the borrowings under our term loan facility. As of September 29, 2019, the notional principal of our outstanding interest 
swap agreements was $240.6 million ($48.1 million each.) The interest rate swaps have a fixed interest rate of 2.79% and expire in 
July 2023 for all five agreements. At September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018, the fair value of the effective portion of our 
interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges before tax effect was $(10.9) million and $1.3 million, respectively, of 
which we expect to reclassify $2.1 million from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense within the next 12 
months. 

The fair values of our outstanding derivatives designated as hedging instruments were as follows: 

Balance Sheet Location 

Interest rate swap agreements 

Other long-term assets 

Interest rate swap agreements 

Other current liabilities 

Fair Value of Derivative 
Instruments as of 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

(in thousands) 

$

$

— $

1,244

11,009 $

—

Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swap  agreements  are  presented  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 

Comprehensive Income as follows: 

91 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 29, 
2019 

September 30, 
2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
2017 

(Loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Interest rate swap agreements 

$

(12,125) $

806 $

1,614

There were no ineffective portions of derivative instruments. Accordingly, no amounts were excluded from effectiveness 
testing  for  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements.  We  had  no  other  derivative  instruments  that  were  not  designated  as  hedging 
instruments for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

16.         Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

The accumulated balances  and reporting period activities for fiscal 2019 and 2018 related to  reclassifications out  of 

accumulated other comprehensive income are summarized as follows: 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) 

Gain (Loss) 
on Derivative 
Instruments 

(in thousands) 

Balances at October 1, 2017 

$

(98,946) $

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss) 

(29,656)

—

(29,656)

Balances at September 30, 2018 

$

(128,602) $

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income   

446 $

1,215

(98,500)

(28,441)

(409)

806

1,252 $

(11,247)

(878)

(12,125)

(409)

(28,850)

(127,350)

(32,356)

(878)

(33,234)

(160,584)

(21,109)

—

(21,109)

$

(149,711) $

(10,873) $

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive loss 

Balances at September 29, 2019 

(1)

 These amounts are reclassified to "Interest expense" in our consolidated statements of income when the interest rate contracts are 
settled.

17.         Fair Value Measurements 

Derivative Instruments.    For additional information about our derivative financial instruments (see Note 2, "Basis of 

Presentation and Preparation" and Note 15, "Derivative Financial Instruments").

Contingent Consideration.    We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis (see Note 2, 

"Basis of Presentation and Preparation" and Note 6, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for further information).

Debt.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  was  determined  using  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  the 
borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities (Level 2 measurement). The carrying value of our 
long-term debt approximated fair value at September 29, 2019 and September 30, 2018. At September 29, 2019, we had borrowings 
of $276.4 million outstanding under our Amended Credit Agreement, which were used to fund our business acquisitions, working 
capital needs, stock repurchases, dividends, capital expenditures and contingent earn-outs.

18.         Commitments and Contingencies 

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits typically filed against the consulting and engineering profession, alleging 
primarily professional errors or omissions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and policy limits, 
against such claims. However, in some actions, parties are seeking damages that exceed our insurance coverage or for which we are 

92 

not insured. While management does not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect, individually 
or  in  aggregate,  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows,  management  acknowledges  the  uncertainty 
surrounding the ultimate resolution of these matters. 

On July 15, 2019, following an initial January 14, 2019 filing, the Civil Division of the United States Attorney's Office 
("USAO") filed an amended complaint in intervention in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc. 
("TtEC"), in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleges False Claims Act violations and 
breach of contract related to TtEC's contracts to perform environmental remediation services at the former Hunters Point Naval 
Shipyard in San Francisco, California. TtEC disputes the claims and will defend this matter vigorously. We are currently unable to 
determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any. 

19.         Reportable Segments 

We managed our operations under two reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities with 
U.S. governments (federal, state and local) and all activities with development agencies worldwide. Our CIG reportable segment 
primarily includes activities with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. Additionally, 
we continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM reportable segment. 

Our reportable segments are described as follows: 

GSG:    GSG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) 
and  development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in  water, 
environment, infrastructure, information technology, and disaster management. GSG also provides engineering design services for 
U.S. municipal and commercial clients, especially in water infrastructure, solid waste, and high-end sustainable infrastructure 
designs. GSG also leads our support for development agencies worldwide, especially in the United States, United Kingdom, and 
Australia.

CIG:    CIG primarily provides consulting and engineering services to U.S. commercial clients, and international clients 
that include both commercial and government sectors. CIG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 500, energy, utilities, 
industrial, manufacturing, aerospace, and resource management markets. CIG also provides infrastructure and related environmental 
and geotechnical services, testing, engineering and project management services to commercial and local government clients across 
Canada, in Asia Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), the United Kingdom, as well as Brazil and Chile.

RCM:    We continued to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM reportable 

segment for fiscal 2019. As of September 29, 2019, there was no remaining backlog for RCM as the projects were complete.

Management evaluates the performance of these reportable segments based upon their respective segment operating income 
before the effect of amortization expense related to acquisitions, and other unallocated corporate expenses. We account for inter-
segment revenues and transfers as if they were to third parties; that is, by applying a negotiated fee onto the costs of the services 
performed. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. 

93 

The following tables set forth summarized financial information concerning our reportable segments: 

Reportable Segments 

Revenue 

GSG 

CIG 

RCM 

Elimination of inter-segment revenue 

Total revenue 

Income from operations 

GSG 

CIG 

RCM 
Corporate (1)

Total operating income 

September 29,
 2019 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30,
 2018 
(in thousands) 

October 1, 
 2017 

$

1,820,671 $

1,694,871 $

1,487,611

1,342,509

1,323,142

1,326,020

(1,542)

(54,290)

14,199

(68,064)

18,207

(78,478)

3,107,348 $

2,964,148 $

2,753,360

185,263 $

168,211 $

79,633

(5,933)

(70,201)

74,451

(4,573)

(48,003)

138,199

90,817

(14,712)

(30,962)

188,762 $

190,086 $

183,342

$

$

$

(1)

Includes goodwill and intangible assets impairment charges, amortization of intangibles, other costs and other income not allocable to 
segments. The intangible asset amortization expense for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $11.6 million, $18.2 million and $22.8 million, 
respectively. Additionally, Corporate results included income (loss) for fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities of $(1.1) 
million, $(4.3) million and $6.9 million for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  Corporate results in fiscal 2019 also included a $7.8 
million goodwill impairment charge described further in Note 7 - "Goodwill and Intangible Assets".

Total Assets 

GSG 

CIG 

RCM 
Corporate (1)

Total assets 

September 29,
 2019 

September 30,
 2018 

(in thousands) 

$

587,040 $

450,276

15,608

1,094,484

468,010

478,197

25,683

987,531

$

2,147,408 $

1,959,421

(1) Corporate assets consist of intercompany eliminations and assets not allocated to reportable segments including goodwill, intangible assets, 

deferred income taxes and certain other assets.

Geographic Information 

September 29, 2019 
Long-
Lived 
Assets (2)

Revenue 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 2018 
Long-
Lived 
Assets (2)

Revenue 

October 1, 2017 

Revenue 

Long-
Lived 
Assets (2)

58,233

33,152

United States 
Foreign countries (1)

$ 2,247,780 $

51,859 $ 2,232,013 $

57,256 $ 2,018,841 $

859,568

46,113

732,135

28,235

734,519

94 

(1)

Includes revenue and long-lived assets from our foreign operations, primarily in Canada, Australia and the United Kingdom, and revenue 
generated from non-U.S. clients.

(2) Excludes goodwill, intangible assets and deferred income taxes.

20.         Related Party Transactions 

We often provide services to unconsolidated joint ventures. For fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, our revenue included $99.1 
million, $75.0 million and $56.1 million, respectively, related to services we provided to unconsolidated joint ventures, and incurred 
the related reimbursable costs of approximately $98.5 million, $76.6 million and $53.9 million, respectively. Our consolidated 
balance sheets also included the following amounts related to these services:

Accounts receivable - net 

Contract assets 

Contract liabilities 

21.         Quarterly Financial Information – Unaudited 

September 29, 
2019 

September 30, 
2018 

(in thousands) 

$

19,351 $

9,681

111

20,279

10,584

193

In the opinion of management, the following unaudited quarterly data for the fiscal years ended September 29, 2019 and 

September 30, 2018 reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations. 

As  a  result  of  the  TCJA,  we  reduced  our  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  recorded  a  one-time  deferred  tax  benefit  of 
approximately $14.7 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, we recognized losses of $3.4 
million related to the divestiture of our non-core utility field services operations and other non-core assets. We settled a claim related 
to a fixed-price construction project completed in fiscal 2014 and recognized a reduction in revenue of $10.6 million and a related 
loss in operating income of $12.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2019, deferred tax valuation allowances of $23.4 million in Australia were released due to 
sufficient positive evidence obtained.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we decided to dispose of the turn-key pipeline  
activities in our CIG segment.  As a result, we recorded a $7.8 million goodwill impairment charge and other charges for severance 
and other disposition costs totaling $10.9 million. Also in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we incurred acquisition and transaction 
charges of $10.4 million related to the acquisition of WYG. 

95 

Fiscal Year 2019 

Revenue 

Income from operations 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Fiscal Year 2018 

Revenue 

Income from operations 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

$

717,431 $

722,621 $

825,793 $

841,502

55,711

41,997

47,545

55,911

64,841

49,233

$

$

0.76 $

0.75 $

1.01 $

1.00 $

0.90 $

0.88 $

55,390

56,366

55,143

55,985

54,819

55,768

20,665

11,527

0.21

0.21

54,617

55,618

$

759,749 $

700,262 $

764,795 $

739,343

48,589

46,034

42,716

28,725

55,496

33,322

$

$

0.82 $

0.81 $

0.51 $

0.51 $

0.60 $

0.59 $

55,855

56,875

55,841

56,673

55,537

56,390

43,285

28,802

0.52

0.51

55,341

56,349

96 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting

At September 29, 2019, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure 
controls and procedures. Based on our management's evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer), our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act), were effective. 

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As 
defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision 
of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal controls include those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the 
maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets; 
(ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our 
management  and  directors;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Because of its 
inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even effective internal 
control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at September 29, 2019, based on the 
criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based upon this assessment, management has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at September 29, 2019. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial 
statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report, dated 
November 27, 2019, appears on pages 57-59 of this Form 10-K. 

Consistent with the guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission  Staff, management has excluded WYG, 
which we acquired July 9, 2019, from its evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 
September 29, 2019. The total assets and revenue related to WYG are approximately 3% and 1%, respectively, of the related 
consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2019. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended September 29, 2019 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.    Other Information 

None. 

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

The information required by this item relating to our directors and nominees, regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of 
the Exchange Act, and regarding our Audit Committee is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" and 
"Section 16(a) Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2020 Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information required by this item relating to our executive officers 

is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Report. 

97 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, 
including our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics, entitled "Finance Code of Professional 
Conduct," is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is www.tetratech.com, and the code of ethics may be found 
through a link to the Investor Relations section of our website. 

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K for any amendment to, or waiver from, a 

provision of this code of ethics by posting any such information on our website, at the address and location specified above. 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation 

The information required by this item is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" and "Executive 
Compensation Tables" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, and 
securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans,  is  included  under  the  caption  "Security  Ownership  of 
Management and Significant Stockholders" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is 
included  under  the  caption  "Related  Person  Transactions,"  and  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  director 
independence is included under the caption "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors," in each case in our Proxy Statement related to the 
2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by this item is included under the caption "Item No. 4 – Ratification of Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by 
reference. 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a.) 1. Financial Statements 

PART IV 

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 56 is incorporated by reference as the list of 
financial statements required as part of this Report. 

2. Financial Statement Schedule 

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 56 is incorporated by reference as the list of 
financial statement schedules required as part of this Report. 

3. Exhibits 

The exhibit list in the Index to Exhibits on pages 100 is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as part of 
this Report. 

98 

 
 
 
TETRA TECH, INC. 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 

For the Fiscal Years Ended 
October 1, 2017, September 30, 2018 and September 29, 2019 
(in thousands) 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Period 

Charged to 
Costs, Expenses
and Revenue 

Deductions (1) Other (2)

Balance at 
End of Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

Fiscal 2017 

Fiscal 2018 

Fiscal 2019 

Income tax valuation allowance: 

Fiscal 2017 

Fiscal 2018 

Fiscal 2019 

$

$

35,233 $

2,848 $

32,259

37,580

7,167

16,964

(6,233)

(4,485)

(6,147)

411 $

2,639

5,174

25,447 $

(121) $

— $

— $

25,326

21,479

900

255

—

(4,747)

(23,714)

22,523

32,259

37,580

53,571

25,326

21,479

20,543

(1)

(2)

Primarily represents uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries for the allowance for doubtful accounts. The income tax 
valuation amount represents the release of valuation allowances in Australia.

Includes allowances from acquisitions, loss in foreign jurisdictions, currency adjustments, and valuation allowance adjustments related 
to net operating loss carry-forwards.

99 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current 

Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2009).

3.2 Bylaws  of  the  Company  (amended  and  restated  as  of April  2009)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2009), and amended as of November 7, 2016 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2016).

10.1 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 2018 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada 
Holding Corporation, Coffey UK Limited, Coffey Services Australia Pty. Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018).

10.2 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 

for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012).

10.3 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended through November 7, 2011) (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy 

Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 28, 2012).*

10.4 First Amendment to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended through November 7, 2011) (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

10.5 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders held on March 5, 2015).*

10.6 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 8, 2018).*

10.7 Form  of  Indemnity Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and  each  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
October 3, 2004).*

10.8 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 

for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007).*

10.9 Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan dated November 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the 

Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

10.10 Change of Control Severance Plan effective March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2018).*

10.11 Executive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated November 14, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 

to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

21. Subsidiaries of the Company.+

23. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).+ 

24. Power of Attorney (included on page 102 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

31.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

100 

95. Mine Safety Disclosures.+ 

101 The following financial information from our Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the period ended September 
29, 2019,  formatted  in  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language:  (i) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii) Consolidated 
Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity, 
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.+(1) 

_______________________________________________________________________________ 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory arrangement.
+ Filed herewith.
(1) Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-
K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of 
the  section,  and  shall  not  be  deemed  part  of  a  registration  statement,  prospectus  or  other  document  filed  under  the 
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filings. 

101 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report on Form 10-K to 

be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: November 22, 2019 

TETRA TECH, INC. 

By: 

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK 

        Dan L. Batrack 
        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dan L. Batrack and Steven 
M. Burdick, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for such person, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all 
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and 
necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might do or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each 
of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK
Dan L. Batrack 

/s/ STEVEN M. BURDICK 
Steven M. Burdick 

/s/ BRIAN N. CARTER 
Brian N. Carter 

/s/ ALBERT E. SMITH 
Albert E. Smith 

/s/ GARY R. BIRKENBEUEL 
Gary R. Birkenbeuel 

/s/ HUGH M. GRANT 
Hugh M. Grant 

/s/ PATRICK C. HADEN 
Patrick C. Haden 

/s/ J. CHRISTOPHER LEWIS 
J. Christopher Lewis 

/s/ JOANNE M. MAGUIRE 
Joanne M. Maguire 

/s/ KIMBERLY E. RITRIEVI 
Kimberly E. Ritrievi 

/s/ J. KENNETH THOMPSON 
J. Kenneth Thompson 

/s/ KIRSTEN M. VOLPI 
Kirsten M. Volpi 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

November 22, 2019 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

November 22, 2019 

(Principal Financial Officer) 

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller 

November 22, 2019 

(Principal Accounting Officer) 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

November 22, 2019 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

102 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

COMPANY INFORMATION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
Tetra Tech, Inc.

Gary R. Birkenbeuel
Retired Regional Managing Partner,  
Ernst & Young LLP

Hugh M. Grant
Retired Vice Chair and Regional 
Managing Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Patrick C. Haden
President, Wilson Avenue Consulting

J. Christopher Lewis
Managing Director,  
Riordan, Lewis & Haden

Joanne M. Maguire
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Space Systems 
Company

Kimberly E. Ritrievi
President, The Ritrievi Group LLC

Albert E. Smith
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Corporation

J. Kenneth Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Star Energy, LLC

Kirsten M. Volpi
Executive Vice President, COO,  
CFO, and Treasurer, Colorado  
School of Mines

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

OPERATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Leslie L. Shoemaker
President

Steven M. Burdick
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer

William R. Brownlie
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Engineer

Brian N. Carter
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Craig L. Christensen
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Preston Hopson 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Richard A. Lemmon
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Administration

Brendan M. O’Rourke
Senior Vice President, 
Enterprise Risk Management

Derek G. Amidon
President, Commercial/International 
Service Group and President, 
Commercial Account Management 
Division

Roger R. Argus
President, Government  
Services Group and President,  
U.S. Government Division

Jan K. Auman
President, Global Development
Services Division

Urs B. Meyerhans
President, Asia Pacific Division

Mark A. Rynning
President,  U.S.  
Infrastructure Division

Bernard Teufele
President, Canada and  
South America Division

CHAIRMAN EMERITUS

Li-San Hwang
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer, Tetra Tech, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Tetra Tech, Inc.
3475 East Foothill Boulevard 
Pasadena, California 91107-6024 USA

Telephone: +1 (626) 351-4664 
Fax: +1 (626) 351-5291
tetratech.com

TRANSFER AGENT AND 
REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
250 Royall Street 
Canton, Massachusetts 02021-1011 USA 

Telephone: +1 (800) 962-4284

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
Telephone: +1 (626) 470-2844 
Email: investor.relations@tetratech.com 

STOCK LISTING
The Company’s common stock is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select 
Market (Symbol: TTEK)